annotate lisp/loaddefs.el @ 33132:73ec1ee4f829

*** empty log message ***
author Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
date Wed, 01 Nov 2000 23:31:59 +0000
parents b440b63b45d0
children 482cbaef2af5
Ignore whitespace changes - Everywhere: Within whitespace: At end of lines:
rev   line source
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
2 ;;
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
3 ;;; Code:
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (14247 4566))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11 Play 5x5.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14 squares you must fill the grid.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]" t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
30
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
31 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
32 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
33
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
34 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
36
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
37 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
39
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
40 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution and then
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
42 mutating the result." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
43
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
44 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
45 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
46
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
47 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
48 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
49 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
50 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
51
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
52 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
53
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
54 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
55 ;;;;;; (14816 63829))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
56 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
57
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
58 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
59 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
60 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
61 extensions.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
62 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
63 name" nil nil)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
64
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
65 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
66 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
67
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
68 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
69
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
70 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
71 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
72
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
73 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
74 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
75
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
76 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
77 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
78
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
79 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
80
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
81 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
82 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
83
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
84 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
85 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
86
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
87 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
88 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
89 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
90 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
91 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
92
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
93 If you use imenu.el:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
94 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
95
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
96 If you use find-file.el:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
97 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
98 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
99 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
100 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
101 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
102
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
103 If you use ada-xref.el:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
104 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
105 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
106 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'." t nil)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
107
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
108 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
109
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
110 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
111 ;;;;;; (14816 63829))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
112 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
113
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
114 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
115 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
116
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
117 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
118
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
119 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
120 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
121 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
122 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name) "add-log" "add-log.el" (14807 56557))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
123 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
124
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
126 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
128
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
129 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
130 *Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
131 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
132
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
133 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
134 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
135
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
136 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
137 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
138
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
139 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
140 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
141 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
142 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
143
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
144 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
145 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
146 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
147
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
148 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
149 current buffer to the complete file name.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
150 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
151
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
152 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
153 Find change log file and add an entry for today.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
154 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
155 name and site.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
156
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
157 Second arg is FILE-NAME of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
158 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
159 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
160 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
161 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
162
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
163 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
164 non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
165
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
166 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
167 Find change log file in other window and add an entry for today.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
168 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
169 name and site.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
170 Second optional arg FILE-NAME is file name of change log.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
171 If nil, use `change-log-default-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
172
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
173 Affected by the same options as `add-change-log-entry'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
174 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
175
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
176 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
177 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
178 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
179 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
180 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
181 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
182
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
183 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
184 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
185
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
186 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
187 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
188
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
189 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
190 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
191
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
192 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
193 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
194
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
195 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
196 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
197
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
198 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
199 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
200 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
201 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
202 `add-log-current-defun-function'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
203
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
204 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
205
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
206 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
207 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
208 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
209 the appropriate motion commands).
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
210
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
211 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
212 old-style time formats for entries are supported." t nil)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
213
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
214 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
215 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format." t nil)
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
216
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
217 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
218
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
219 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
220 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (14660
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
221 ;;;;;; 49405))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
222 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
223
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
224 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
225 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
226 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
227 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
228 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
229 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
230 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
231 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
232 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
233 interpreted as `error'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
234
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
235 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
236 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
237 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
238 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
239 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
240 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
241 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
242 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
243
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
244 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
245 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
246 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
247 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
248 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
249 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
250 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
251 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
252 will be overwritten with the new one.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
253 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
254 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
255 will clear the cache." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
256
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
257 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
258 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
259 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
260
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
261 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
262 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
263 BODY... )
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
264
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
265 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
266 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
267 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
268 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
269 see also `ad-add-advice'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
270 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
271 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
272 before/around/after-advices will be used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
273 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
274 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
275 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
276 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
277 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
278 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
279
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
280 Semantics of the various flags:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
281 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
282 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
283 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
284
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
285 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
286 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
287
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
288 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
289 advised function should be compiled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
290
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
291 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
292 during activation until somebody enables it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
293
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
294 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
295 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
296 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
297 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
298
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
299 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
300 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
301 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
302 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
303 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
304 during preloading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
305
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
306 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation." nil (quote macro))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
307
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
308 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
309
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
310 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
311 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
312 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (14823 8292))
27327
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
313 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
314
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
315 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
316 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
317 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
318 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
319 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
320 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
321 rule's `separate' attribute).
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
322
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
323 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
324 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
325 `separate' attribute set.
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
326
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
327 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
328 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
329 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
330 on the format of these lists." t nil)
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
331
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
332 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
333 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
334 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
335 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
336 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
337 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
338 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
339 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
340 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
341 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
342 options.
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
343
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
344 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
345 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
346
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
347 Fred (123) 456-7890
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
348 Alice (123) 456-7890
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
349 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
350 Joe (123) 456-7890
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
351
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
352 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
353 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
354 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression." t nil)
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
355
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
356 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
357 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
358 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
359 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
360 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
361 align that section." t nil)
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
362
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
363 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
364 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
365 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
366 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
367 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
368 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
369 been used to align that section." t nil)
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
370
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
371 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
372 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
373 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
374 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
375 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
376 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
377 to be colored." t nil)
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
378
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
379 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
380 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'." t nil)
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
381
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
382 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
383 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
384
27327
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
385 ;;;***
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
386
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
387 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
388 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (14729 20675))
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
389 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
390 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
391
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
392 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
393 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
394 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
395 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
396 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
397 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
398
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
399 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
400
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
401 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" . ange-ftp-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
402
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
403 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*\\'" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*\\'" . ange-ftp-completion-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
404
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
405 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
406
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
407 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
408 ;;;;;; (14642 37233))
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
409 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
410
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
411 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
412 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
413 \\{antlr-mode-map}" t nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
414
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
415 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
416 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
417 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'." nil nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
418
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
419 ;;;***
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
420
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
421 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
422 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
423 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
424 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (14726 41837))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
425 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
426
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
427 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
428 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
429 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
430 as the first thing on a line.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
431
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
432 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
433 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
434
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
435 (defvar appt-audible t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
436 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
437
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
438 (defvar appt-visible t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
439 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
440
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
441 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
442 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
443
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
444 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
445 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
446
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
447 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
448 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
449
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
450 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
451 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
452 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
453
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
454 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
455 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
456 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
457
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
458 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
459 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
460
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
461 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
462 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
463 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
464 put in the appointments list.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
465 02/23/89
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
466 12:00pm lunch
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
467 Wednesday
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
468 10:00am group meeting
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
469 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
470 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
471 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
472
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
473 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
474
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
475 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
476 ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (14811
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
477 ;;;;;; 51864))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
478 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
479
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
480 (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
481 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
482
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
483 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
484
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
485 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
486 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
487 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
488 normal variables." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
489
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
490 (fset (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
491
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
492 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
493 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
494 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
495 noninteractive functions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
496
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
497 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
498 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
499
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
500 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
501 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
502 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
503 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
504 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
505
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
506 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
507 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
508 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
509 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
510 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
511
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
512 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
513 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
514 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
515 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
516 bindings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
517 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
518
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
519 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
520
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
521 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (14825
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
522 ;;;;;; 31071))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
523 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
524
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
525 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
526 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
527 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
528 Letters no longer insert themselves.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
529 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
530 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
531
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
532 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
533 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
534 archive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
535
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
536 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
537
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
538 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
539
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
540 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (14460 38616))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
541 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
542
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
543 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
544 Major mode for editing arrays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
545
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
546 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
547 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
548 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
549
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
550 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
551
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
552 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
553 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
554 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
555
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
556 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
557 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
558 supply. These variables are all local the the buffer. Other buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
559 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
560 The variables are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
561
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
562 Variables you assign:
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
563 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
564 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
565 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
566 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
567 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
568 row numbers in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
569
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
570 Variables which are calculated:
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
571 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
572 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
573
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
574 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
575 take a numeric prefix argument):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
576
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
577 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
578 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
579 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
580 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
581
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
582 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
583 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
584 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
585 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
586
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
587 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
588 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
589 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
590 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
591
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
592 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
593 between that of point and mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
594
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
595 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
596 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
597
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
598 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
599 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
600 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
601 newlines inside rows)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
602
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
603 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
604
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
605 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
606
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
607 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
608
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
609 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (14807
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
610 ;;;;;; 56561))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
611 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
612
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
613 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
614 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
615 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
616
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
617 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
618 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
619 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
620 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
621
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
622 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
623 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
624
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
625 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
626 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
627
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
628 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
629
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
630 Special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
631 \\{asm-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
632 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
633
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
634 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
635
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
636 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-authors authors) "authors" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
637 ;;;;;; (14839 20377))
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
638 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/authors.el
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
639
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
640 (autoload (quote authors) "authors" "\
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
641 Extract author information from change logs and Lisp source files.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
642 ROOT is the root directory under which to find the files. If called
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
643 interactively, ROOT is read from the minibuffer. Result is a
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
644 buffer *Authors* containing authorship information." t nil)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
645
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
646 (autoload (quote batch-update-authors) "authors" "\
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
647 Produce an AUTHORS file.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
648 Call this function in batch mode with two command line arguments FILE
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
649 and ROOT. FILE is the file to write, ROOT is the root directory of
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
650 the Emacs source tree, from which to build the file." nil nil)
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
651
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
652 ;;;***
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
653
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
654 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "auto-show.el"
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
655 ;;;;;; (14516 149))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
656 ;;; Generated autoloads from auto-show.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
657
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
658 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
659 Obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
660
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
661 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
662 This command is obsolete." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
663
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
664 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
665
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
666 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
667 ;;;;;; (14651 36399))
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
668 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
669
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
670 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
671 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
672 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
673 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
674 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
675 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
676 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
677 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
678 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
679 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
680
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
681 For example:
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
682 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
683 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
684 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
685 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
686 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
687
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
688 \\{autoarg-mode-map}" t nil)
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
689
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
690 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
691 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
692 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
693 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
694 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
695 &c to supply digit arguments.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
696
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
697 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}" t nil)
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
698
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
699 ;;;***
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
700
28077
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
701 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
702 ;;;;;; (14532 61420))
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
703 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
704
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
705 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
706 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files." t nil)
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
707
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
708 ;;;***
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
709
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
710 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
711 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (14807 56557))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
712 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
713
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
714 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
715 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
716 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
717
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
718 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
719 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
720 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
721 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
722
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
723 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
724 Toggle Auto-Insert mode.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
725 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
726 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
727
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
728 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-insert) (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote custom-variable))
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
729
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
730 (custom-add-load (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote autoinsert))
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
731
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
732 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
733 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
734 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
735 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
736
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
737 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
738 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
739
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
740 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
741
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
742 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
743 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
744 ;;;;;; (14659 23014))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
745 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
746
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
747 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
748 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
749 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
750
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
751 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories) "autoload" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
752 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
753 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
754
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
755 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
756 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
757 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
758
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
759 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
760
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
761 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
762 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el"
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
763 ;;;;;; (14495 17959))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
764 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
765
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
766 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
767 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
768
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
769 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode'
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
770 instead.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
771
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
772 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
773 When on, buffers are automatically reverted when files on disk change.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
774
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
775 Set this variable using \\[customize] only. Otherwise, use the
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
776 command `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
777
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
778 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-revert) (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote custom-variable))
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
779
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
780 (custom-add-load (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote autorevert))
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
781
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
782 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
783 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
784
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
785 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
786 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
787 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
788
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
789 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
790 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
791
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
792 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
793 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
794
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
795 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
796 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
797
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
798 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
799 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
800 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
801
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
802 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
803
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
804 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
805 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (14743 46413))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
806 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
807
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
808 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
809 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
810 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
811 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
812 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
813
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
814 (custom-add-to-group (quote avoid) (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote custom-variable))
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
815
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
816 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote avoid))
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
817
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
818 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
819 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
820 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
821 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
822
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
823 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
824 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
825 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
826
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
827 Effects of the different modes:
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
828 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
829 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
830 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
831 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
832 a random distance & direction.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
833 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
834 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
835 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
836
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
837 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
838
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
839 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
840 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
841 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
842
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
843 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
844
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
845 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (14807
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
846 ;;;;;; 56561))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
847 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
848
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
849 (autoload (quote awk-mode) "awk-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
850 Major mode for editing AWK code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
851 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. It uses
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
852 the same keymap as C mode and has the same variables for customizing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
853 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
854
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
855 Turning on AWK mode calls the value of the variable `awk-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
856 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
857
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
858 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
859
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
860 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
861 ;;;;;; (14455 30228))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
862 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
863
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
864 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
865 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
866
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
867 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
868 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
869
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
870 For example:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
871
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
872 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
873 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
874 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
875 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
877 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
878
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
879 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
880
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
881 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
882
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
883 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
884 ;;;;;; (14818 62640))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
885 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
886
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
887 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
888 Display battery status information in the echo area.
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
889 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
890 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
891
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
892 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
893 Display battery status information in the mode line.
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
894 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
895 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
896 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
897 seconds." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
898
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
899 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
900
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
901 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (14505
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
902 ;;;;;; 7809))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
903 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
904
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
905 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
906 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
907
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
908 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
909 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
910 version information already added. You just need to add a description
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
911 of the problem, including a reproducable test case and send the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
912 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
913
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
914
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
915 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
916
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
917 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
918 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
919 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
920 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
921 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
922
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
923 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
924 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
925 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
926 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
927 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
928 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
929
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
930 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
931 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
932 BibTeX mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
933
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
934
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
935 Special information:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
936
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
937 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
938
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
939 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
940 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
941 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
942 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
943 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
944 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
945 current field.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
946 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
947 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
948
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
949 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
950 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
951 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
952 bibtex-entry-format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
953 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
954 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
955 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
956
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
957 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
958 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
959
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
960 The following may be of interest as well:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
961
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
962 Functions:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
963 bibtex-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
964 bibtex-kill-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
965 bibtex-yank-pop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
966 bibtex-pop-previous
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
967 bibtex-pop-next
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
968 bibtex-complete-string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
969 bibtex-complete-key
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
970 bibtex-print-help-message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
971 bibtex-generate-autokey
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
972 bibtex-beginning-of-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
973 bibtex-end-of-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
974 bibtex-reposition-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
975 bibtex-mark-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
976 bibtex-ispell-abstract
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
977 bibtex-ispell-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
978 bibtex-narrow-to-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
979 bibtex-sort-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
980 bibtex-validate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
981 bibtex-count
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
982 bibtex-fill-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
983 bibtex-reformat
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
984 bibtex-convert-alien
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
985
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
986 Variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
987 bibtex-field-delimiters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
988 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
989 bibtex-include-OPTkey
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
990 bibtex-user-optional-fields
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
991 bibtex-entry-format
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
992 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
993 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
994 bibtex-entry-field-alist
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
995 bibtex-predefined-strings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
996 bibtex-string-files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
997
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
998 ---------------------------------------------------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
999 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1000 non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1001
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1002 \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1003
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1004 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1005
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
1006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el" (14791 27196))
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
1007 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
1008
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
1009 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
1010
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
1011 ;;;***
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
1012
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1013 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (13229
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1014 ;;;;;; 27947))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1015 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1016
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1017 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1018 Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1019 the default is 4.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1020
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1021 What is blackbox?
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1022
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1023 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1024 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1025 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1026 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1027 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1028 your score.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1029
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1030 Overview of play:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1031
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1032 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1033 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1034 four.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1035
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1036 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1037 movement keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1038
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1039 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1040 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1041
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1042 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1043 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1044
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1045 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1046 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1047 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1048 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1049 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1050 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1051
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1052 Details:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1053
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1054 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1055
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1056 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1057 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1058 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1059 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1060
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1061 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1062 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1063 denoted by the letter `R'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1064
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1065 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1066 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1067 denoted by the letter `H'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1068
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1069 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1070 example.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1071
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1072 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1073 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1074 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1075 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1076 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1077 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1078 ray.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1079
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1080 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1081 degree deflection it causes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1082
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1083 1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1084 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1085 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1086 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1087 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1088 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1089 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1090 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1091 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1092 2 3
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1093
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1094 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1095 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1096
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1097
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1098 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1099 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1100 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1101 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1102 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1103 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1104 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1105 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1106
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1107 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1108 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1109 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1110 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1111 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1112 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1113 emerging from the box.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1114
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1115 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1116
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1117 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1118 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1119 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1120 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1121 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1122 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1123 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1124 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1125
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1126 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1127 a reflection." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1128
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1129 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1130
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1131 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1132 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1133 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1134 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1135 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
1136 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (14653 63162))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1137 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1138 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1139 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1140 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1141
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1142 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1143 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1144 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1145 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1146 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1147 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1148
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1149 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1150
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1151 (define-key bookmark-map "x" (quote bookmark-set))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1152
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1153 (define-key bookmark-map "m" (quote bookmark-set))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1154
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1155 (define-key bookmark-map "j" (quote bookmark-jump))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1156
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1157 (define-key bookmark-map "g" (quote bookmark-jump))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1158
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1159 (define-key bookmark-map "i" (quote bookmark-insert))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1160
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1161 (define-key bookmark-map "e" (quote edit-bookmarks))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1162
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1163 (define-key bookmark-map "f" (quote bookmark-insert-location))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1164
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1165 (define-key bookmark-map "r" (quote bookmark-rename))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1166
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1167 (define-key bookmark-map "d" (quote bookmark-delete))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1168
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1169 (define-key bookmark-map "l" (quote bookmark-load))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1170
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1171 (define-key bookmark-map "w" (quote bookmark-write))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1172
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1173 (define-key bookmark-map "s" (quote bookmark-save))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1174
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1175 (add-hook (quote kill-emacs-hook) (function (lambda nil (and (featurep (quote bookmark)) bookmark-alist (bookmark-time-to-save-p t) (bookmark-save)))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1176
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1177 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1178 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1179 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1180 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1181 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1182 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1183 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1184 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1185 recent one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1186
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1187 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1188 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1189 yank successive words.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1190
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1191 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1192 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1193 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1194 name of the file being visited.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1195
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1196 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1197 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1198 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1199
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1200 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1201 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1202 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1203 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1204 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1205 this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1206
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1207 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1208 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1209 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1210 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1211
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1212 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1213 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1214 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1215 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1216 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1217
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1218 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1219 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1220 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1221 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1222
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1223 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1224
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1225 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1226 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1227 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1228 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1229
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1230 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1231 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1232 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1233
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1234 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1235 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1236 name." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1237
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1238 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1239 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1240 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1241 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1242 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1243 this." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1244
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1245 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1246 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1247 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1248 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1249 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1250 one most recently used in this file, if any).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1251 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1252 probably because we were called from there." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1253
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1254 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1255 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1256 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1257
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1258 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1259 Save currently defined bookmarks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1260 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1261 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1262 \(second argument).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1263
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1264 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1265 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1266 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1267 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1268 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1269
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1270 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1271 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1272 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1273 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1274
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1275 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1276 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1277 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1278 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1279 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1280 while loading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1281
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1282 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1283 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1284 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1285 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1286 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1287 explicitly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1288
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1289 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1290 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1291 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1292 method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1293
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1294 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1295 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1296 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1297 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1298 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1299
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1300 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1301
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1302 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1303
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1304 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1305 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1306 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1307 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1308 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1309 this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1310
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1311 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1312 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1313 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1314
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1315 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1316 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1317 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1318 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1319 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1320 this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1321
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1322 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1323 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1324 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1325
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1326 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1327 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1328 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1329
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1330 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1331 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1332 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1333
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1334 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1335 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1336 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1337 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1338 prompts for NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1339 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1340 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1341 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1342
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1343 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1344 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1345 name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1346
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1347 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1348 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1349 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1350
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1351 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1352 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1353 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1354 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1355 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1356 one most recently used in this file, if any).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1357
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1358 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1359 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1360 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1361
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1362 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1363
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1364 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1365
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1366 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1367
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1368 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1369
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1370 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1371
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1372 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1373
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1374 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1375
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1376 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1377
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1378 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1379
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1380 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1381
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1382 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1383
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1384 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1385
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1386 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1387
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1388 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-generic browse-url-mail browse-url-mmm
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1389 ;;;;;; browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm browse-url-w3-gnudoit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1390 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic browse-url-cci browse-url-grail
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
1391 ;;;;;; browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-netscape
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
1392 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
1393 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-dired-file browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
1394 ;;;;;; browse-url-generic-program browse-url-save-file browse-url-netscape-display
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
1395 ;;;;;; browse-url-new-window-p browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url"
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
1396 ;;;;;; "net/browse-url.el" (14815 49999))
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
1397 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1398
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1399 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (eq system-type (quote windows-nt)) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-netscape)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1400 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1401 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1402 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1403
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1404 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1405 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1406 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1407 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1408 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1409
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1410 (defvar browse-url-new-window-p nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1411 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1412 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1413 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1414 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1415
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1416 (defvar browse-url-netscape-display nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1417 *The X display for running Netscape, if not same as Emacs'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1418
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1419 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1420 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1421 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1422
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1423 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1424 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1425
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1426 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1427 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1428 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1429 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1430 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1431 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1432
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1433 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1434 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1435 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1436 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1437 narrowed." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1438
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1439 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1440 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1441
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1442 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1443 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1444
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1445 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1446 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1447 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1448 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1449
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1450 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1451 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1452 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1453 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1454
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1455 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1456 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1457 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1458 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1459 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1460 to use." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1461
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1462 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1463 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1464 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1465 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1466
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1467 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1468 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1469 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1470 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1471
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1472 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1473 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1474
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
1475 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
1476 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
1477 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
1478 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
1479
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
1480 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
1481 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
1482 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
1483 effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
1484
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
1485 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
1486 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
1487
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1488 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1489 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1490
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1491 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1492 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1493 program is invoked according to the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1494 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1495
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1496 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1497 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1498 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1499 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1500
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1501 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1502 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1503
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1504 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1505 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1506 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1507
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1508 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1509 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1510 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1511 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1512
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1513 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1514 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1515 Default to the URL around or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1516
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1517 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1518 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1519 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1520
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1521 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1522 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1523 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1524 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1525
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1526 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1527 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1528
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1529 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1530 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1531 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1532
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1533 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1534 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1535 Default to the URL around or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1536
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1537 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1538 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1539 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1540
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1541 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1542 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1543
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1544 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1545 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1546 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1547 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1548
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1549 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1550 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1551 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1552 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1553 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1554
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1555 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1556 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1557 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1558 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1559
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1560 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1561 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1562 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1563 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1564
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1565 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1566 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1567
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1568 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1569 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1570 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1571
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1572 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1573 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1574 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1575 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1576 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1577 current one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1578
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1579 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1580 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1581 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1582 `browse-url-new-window-p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1583
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1584 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1585 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1586
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1587 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1588 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1589 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1590 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1591 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1592 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1593
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1594 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1595
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1596 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (13607
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1597 ;;;;;; 42538))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1598 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1599
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1600 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1601 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1602
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1603 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1604 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1605
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1606 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1607
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1608 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
1609 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (14747 44732))
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1610 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1611
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1612 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1613 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1614 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1615 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1616
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1617 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1618 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1619 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1620 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1621
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1622 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1623 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu." t nil)
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1624
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1625 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
1626 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1627 \\<bs-mode-map>
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1628 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1629 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1630 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1631 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1632
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1633 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1634 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1635 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1636 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1637 name of buffer configuration." t nil)
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1638
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1639 ;;;***
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1640
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1641 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1642 ;;;;;; display-call-tree byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1643 ;;;;;; byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp"
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
1644 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (14836 4663))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1645 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1646
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1647 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1648 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1649 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1650
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1651 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1652 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1653 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1654 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1655
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1656 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1657 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1658 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1659 don't ask and compile the file anyway.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1660
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1661 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1662
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1663 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1664 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1665
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1666 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1667 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1668 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1669 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), load the file after compiling.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1670 The value is t if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1671
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1672 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1673 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1674 Print the result in the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1675 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1676
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1677 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1678 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1679 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1680
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1681 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1682 Display a call graph of a specified file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1683 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1684 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1685 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1686 all functions called by those functions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1687
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1688 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1689 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1690 cons, etc.).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1691
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1692 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1693 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1694 invoked interactively." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1695
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1696 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1697 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1698 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1699 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1700 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1701 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1702
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1703 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1704 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1705 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1706 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1707
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1708 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1709
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (12984 38822))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1711 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1712
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1713 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1714
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1715 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1716
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1717 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1718
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1719 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1720 ;;;;;; (13997 6729))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1721 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1722
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1723 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1724 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1725 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1726 from the cursor position." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1727
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1728 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1729
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
1730 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (14747
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
1731 ;;;;;; 44732))
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1732 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1733
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1734 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1735 Run the pocket calculator.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1736 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information." t nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1737
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1738 ;;;***
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1739
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1740 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1741 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1742 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1743 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1744 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1745 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1746 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1747 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1748 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1749 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1750 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1751 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1752 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
1753 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
1754 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
1755 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
1756 ;;;;;; (14792 2663))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1757 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1758
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1759 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1760 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1761 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1762
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1763 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1764 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1765 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1766 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1767 the screen.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1768
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1769 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1770 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1771 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1772 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1773 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1774
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1775 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1776 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
1777 This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used,
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1778 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1779 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1780 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1781 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1782
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1783 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1784 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1785 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1786 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1787 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1788
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1789 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1790 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1791 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1792
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1793 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1794 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1795 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1796
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
1797 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
1798 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
1799 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
1800
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1801 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1802 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1803 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1804 displayed.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1805
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1806 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1807 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1808 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1809
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1810 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1811 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1812 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1813
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1814 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1815
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1816 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1817 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1818 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1819
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1820 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1821 calendar.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1822
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1823 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1824 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1825 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1826
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1827 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1828 calendar.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1830 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1831 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1832 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1833
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1834 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1835 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1836 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1837 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1838 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1839
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1840 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1841 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1842 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1843 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1844 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1845 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1846 a function is also provided for this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1847 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1848
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1849 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1850 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1851 date is not visible in the window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1852
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1853 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1854 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1855 functions that move by days and weeks.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1856
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1857 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1858 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1859
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1860 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1861 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1862 date is visible in the window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1863
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1864 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1865 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1866 functions that move by days and weeks.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1867
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1868 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1869 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1870
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
1871 For example,
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1872
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1873 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1874
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1875 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1876
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1877 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1878 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1879
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1880 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1881
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1882 MONTH/DAY
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1883 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1884 MONTHNAME DAY
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1885 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1886 DAYNAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1887
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1888 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1889 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1890 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1891 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1892 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1893 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1894 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1895 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1896 respectively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1897
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1898 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1899 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1900 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1901
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1902 DAY/MONTH
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1903 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1904 DAY MONTHNAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1905 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1906 DAYNAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1907
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1908 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1909 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1910
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1911 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1912 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1913 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1914 window but will appear in a diary window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1915
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1916 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1917 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1918
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1919 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1920 entries (in the default American style):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1921
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1922 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1923 &1/1. Happy New Year!
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1924 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1925 21: Payday
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1926 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1927 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1928 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1929 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1930 mar 16 Dad's birthday
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1931 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1932 &* 15 time cards due.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1933
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1934 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1935 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1936 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1937 single diary entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1938
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1939 02/11/1989
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1940 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1941 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1942 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1943 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1944 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1945 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1946
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1947 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1948 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1949 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1950
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1951 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1952
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1953 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1954
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1955 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1956 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1957 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1958 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1959 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1960 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1961 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1962 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1963 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1964
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1965 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1966 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1967 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1968 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1969 for these functions for details.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1970
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1971 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1972 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1973
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1974 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1975 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1976
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1977 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1978 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1979
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1980 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1981 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1982
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1983 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1984 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1985 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1986
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1987 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
1988 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1989 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1990
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1991 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1992 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1993 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1994 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1995
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1996 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1997 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1998 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1999 1990. The accepted European date styles are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2000
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2001 DAY/MONTH
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2002 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2003 DAY MONTHNAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2004 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2005 DAYNAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2006
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2007 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2008 characters with or without a period.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2009
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2010 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2011 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2012 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2013
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
2014 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2015 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2016 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2017
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2018 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2019 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2020 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2021
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2022 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2023 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2024 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2025
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2026 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2027 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2028 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2029 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2030 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2031 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2032
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2033 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2034 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2035 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2036
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2037 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2038 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2039 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2040 of the form
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2041
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2042 #include \"filename\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2043
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2044 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2045 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2046 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2047 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2048 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2049
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2050 For example, you could use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2051
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2052 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2053 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2054 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2055
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2056 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2057 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2058 lexicographic order.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2059
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2060 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2061 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2062 Can be used for appointment notification.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2063
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2064 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2065 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2066 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2067 diary display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2068
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2069 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2070 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2071 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2072 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2073 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2074 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2075 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2076
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2077 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2078 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2079 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2080 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2081 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2082 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2083 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2084 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2085
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2086 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2087 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2088 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2089 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2090 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2091 describes the style of such diary entries.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2092
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2093 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2094 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2095
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2096 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
2097 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2098 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2099 of the form
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2100 #include \"filename\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2101 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2102 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2103 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2104 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2105 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2106
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2107 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2108 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2109 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2110 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2111 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2112 describes the style of such diary entries.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2113
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2114 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2115 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2116 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2117 are holidays.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2118
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2119 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2120 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2121 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2122 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2123 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2124
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2125 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2126
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2127 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2128 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2129 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2130
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2131 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2132
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2133 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2134 *Oriental holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2135 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2136
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2137 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2138
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2139 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2140 *Local holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2141 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2142
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2143 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2144
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2145 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2146 *User defined holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2147 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2148
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2149 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2150
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2151 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2152
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2153 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2154
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2155 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2156
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2157 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2158
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2159 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2160
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2161 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2162
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2163 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2164
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2165 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2166
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2167 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2168 *Jewish holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2169 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2170
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2171 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2172
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2173 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2174 *Christian holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2175 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2176
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2177 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2178
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2179 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2180 *Islamic holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2181 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2182
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2183 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2184
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2185 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2186 *Sun-related holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2187 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2188
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2189 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2190
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2191 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2192 The frame set up of the calendar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2193 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2194 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2195 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2196 any other value the current frame is used.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2197
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2198 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2199 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2200 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2201
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2202 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2203
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
2204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (14716 17402))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2205 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2206
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2207 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2208 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2209
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2210 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2211 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2212
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2213 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2214 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2215
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2216 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2217 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2218
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2219 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2220 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2221
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2222 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2223 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2224
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2225 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2226
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2227 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2228 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
2229 ;;;;;; (14716 17402))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2230 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2231
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2232 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2233
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2234 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2235 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2236 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2237 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2238 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2239 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2240
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2241 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2242
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2243 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2244 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2245 run first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2246
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2247 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2248 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2249
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2250 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2251 Major mode for editing C++ code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2252 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2253 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2254 version information already added. You just need to add a description
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2255 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2256 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2257
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2258 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2259
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2260 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2261 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2262 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2263
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2264 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2265 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2266
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2267 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2268 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2269 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2270 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2271 version information already added. You just need to add a description
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2272 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2273 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2274
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2275 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2276
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2277 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2278 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2279 is run first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2280
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2281 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2282 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2283
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2284 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2285 Major mode for editing Java code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2286 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2287 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2288 version information already added. You just need to add a description
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2289 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2290 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2291
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2292 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2293
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2294 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2295 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2296 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2297 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2298 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2299
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2300 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2301 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2302
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2303 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2304 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2305 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2306 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2307 version information already added. You just need to add a description
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2308 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2309 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2310
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2311 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2312
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2313 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2314 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2315 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2316
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2317 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2318 \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2319
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2320 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2321 Major mode for editing Pike code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2322 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2323 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2324 version information already added. You just need to add a description
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2325 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2326 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2327
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2328 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2329
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2330 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2331 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2332 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2333
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2334 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2335 \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2336
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2337 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2338
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2339 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
2340 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (14716 17403))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2341 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2342
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2343 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2344 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2345 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2346 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2347 for details of setting up styles.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2348
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2349 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2350 style name.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2351
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2352 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is non-nil, no style variables
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2353 that already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2354 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2355 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2356 will be reassigned.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2357
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2358 Obviously, specifying DONT-OVERRIDE is useful mainly when the initial
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2359 style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since this is
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2360 done internally by CC Mode, there's hardly ever a reason to use it." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2361
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2362 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2363 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2364 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2365 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2366
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2367 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2368
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2369 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2370 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2371 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2372
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2373 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2374 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2375 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2376 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2377 and exists only for compatibility reasons." t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2378
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2379 ;;;***
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2380
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
2381 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (14716 17403))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2382 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2383
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2384 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2385 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2386 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2387 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2388 supported list, along with the values for this variable:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2389
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2390 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2391 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2392
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2393 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2394 `infodock'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2395
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2396 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2397
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2398 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2399 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2400 ;;;;;; (14747 44775))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2401 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2402
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2403 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2404 Return a compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integer." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2405
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2406 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2407 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2408
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2409 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2410 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2411
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2412 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2413 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2414 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2415 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2416 execution.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2417
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2418 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2419
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2420 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2421 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2422
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2423 CCL-PROGRAM is has this form:
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2424 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2425 CCL_MAIN_CODE
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2426 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2427
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2428 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2429 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2430 text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2431 `write' commands.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2432
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2433 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2434 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2435 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2436 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2437
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2438 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2439 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2440 semantics.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2441
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2442 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2443
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2444 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2445
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2446 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2447
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2448 STATEMENT :=
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2449 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2450 | TRANSLATE | END
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2451
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2452 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2453 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2454 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2455 | integer
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2456
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2457 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2458
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2459 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzeor, execute
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2460 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2461 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2462
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2463 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2464 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2465 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2466
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2467 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2468 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2469
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2470 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2471 BREAK := (break)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2472
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2473 REPEAT :=
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2474 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2475 (repeat)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2476 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2477 ;; (repeat))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2478 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2479 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2480 ;; (read REG)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2481 ;; (repeat))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2482 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2483 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2484 ;; (read REG)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2485 ;; (repeat))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2486 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2487
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2488 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2489 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2490 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2491 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2492 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2493 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2494 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2495 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2496 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2497 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2498 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2499 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2500 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2501 ;; to ((CODE0 << 8) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2502 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2503 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2504
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2505 WRITE :=
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2506 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2507 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2508 ;; representation.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2509 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2510 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2511 ;; (write r7))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2512 | (write EXPRESSION)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2513 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2514 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2515 ;; representation.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2516 | (write integer)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2517 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2518 ;; buffer.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2519 | (write string)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2520 ;; Same as: (write string)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2521 | string
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2522 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2523 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2524 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2525 ;; representation.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2526 | (write REG ARRAY)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2527 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2528 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2529 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2530 ;; 8) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2531 ;; is the second code point of the character.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2532 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2533
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2534 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2535 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2536
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2537 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2538 END := (end)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2539
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2540 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2541 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2542 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2543
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2544 ARG := REG | integer
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2545
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2546 OPERATOR :=
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2547 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2548 + | - | * | / | %
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2549
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2550 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2551 | & | `|' | ^
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2552
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2553 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2554 | << | >>
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2555
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2556 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2557 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2558 | <8
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2559
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2560 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2561 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2562 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2563 | >8
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2564
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2565 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2566 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2567 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2568 | //
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2569
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2570 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2571 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2572
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2573 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2574 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2575 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2576 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2577 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2578 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2579 ;; second code point of CHAR.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2580 | de-sjis
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2581
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2582 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2583 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2584 ;; Shift-JIS code,
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2585 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2586 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2587 ;; (r7 = LOW))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2588 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2589 ;; byte of SJIS.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2590 | en-sjis
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2591
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2592 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2593 ;; Same meaning as C code
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2594 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2595
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2596 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2597 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2598 ;; (REG |= ARG))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2599 | <8=
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2600
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2601 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2602 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2603 ;; (REG >>= 8))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2604
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2605 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2606 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2607 ;; (REG /= ARG))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2608 | //=
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2609
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2610 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2611
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2612
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2613 TRANSLATE :=
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2614 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2615 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2616 MAP :=
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2617 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2618 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2619 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2620 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2621 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2622 MAP-ID := integer
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2623 " nil (quote macro))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2624
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2625 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2626 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2627 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2628 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2629 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2630 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2631
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2632 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2633 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2634 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2635
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2636 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2637
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2638 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2639
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2640 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2641 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2642 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2643 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2644 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2645 ;;;;;; checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2646 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2647 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
2648 ;;;;;; (14482 54417))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2649 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2650
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2651 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2652 Interactivly check the entire buffer for style errors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2653 The current status of the ckeck will be displayed in a buffer which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2654 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2655
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2656 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2657 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2658 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2659 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2660 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2661 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2662 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2663 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2664
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2665 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2666 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2667 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2668 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2669 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2670 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2671 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2672 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2673
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2674 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2675 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2676 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2677 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2678 spacing are all verified." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2679
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2680 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2681 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2682 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2683 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2684 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2685
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2686 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2687 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2688 Only documentation strings are checked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2689 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2690 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2691 a separate buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2692
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2693 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2694 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2695 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2696 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2697 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2698
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2699 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2700 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2701 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2702 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2703 if there is one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2704 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2705
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2706 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2707 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2708 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2709
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2710 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2711 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2712 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2713 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2714 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2715
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2716 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2717 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2718 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2719 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2720 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2721 space at the end of each line." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2722
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2723 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2724 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2725 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2726 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2727
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2728 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2729 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2730 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2731 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2732
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2733 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2734 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2735 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2736 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2737
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2738 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2739 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2740 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2741 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2742
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2743 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2744 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2745 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2746 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2747
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2748 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2749 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2750 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2751 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2752
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2753 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2754 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2755 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2756 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2757
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2758 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2759 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2760 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2761 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2762
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2763 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2764 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2765 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2766 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2767
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2768 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2769 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2770 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2771
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2772 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2773 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-keymap> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2774 checking of documentation strings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2775
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2776 \\{checkdoc-minor-keymap}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2777
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2778 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2779
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2780 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
2781 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (14623
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
2782 ;;;;;; 45987))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2783 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2784
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2785 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2786 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2787 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2788
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2789 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2790 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2791
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2792 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2793 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2794 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2795
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2796 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2797 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2798
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2799 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2800
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
2801 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
2802 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (14819 42852))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2803 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2804
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2805 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2806 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2807 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2808 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2809 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2810 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2811
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2812 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2813 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2814 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2815 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2816 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2817
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2818 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2819
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
2820 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
2821 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2822 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2823 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2824 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2825
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2826 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2827 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2828 \\{command-history-map}
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
2829
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
2830 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
2831 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2832
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2833 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2834
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
2835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (14753 19207))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2836 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2837
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2838 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2839 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2840 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2841 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2842 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2843 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2844
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2845 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2846 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2847
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2848 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2849
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2850 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2851 ;;;;;; (14735 57398))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2852 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2854 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2855
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2856 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2857
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2858 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
2859 ;;;;;; (14837 50477))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2860 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2861
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2862 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2863 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2864 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2865 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2866
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2867 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2868 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2869 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2870
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2871 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2872 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2873
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2874 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2875
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
2876 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (14831
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
2877 ;;;;;; 12714))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2878 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2879
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2880 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2881 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2882 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2883 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
2884 of `cmuscheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2885 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2886 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2887 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2888
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2889 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2890
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2891 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2892 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
2893 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (14720 7113))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2894 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2895
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2896 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2897 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2898 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2899 ASCII table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2900
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2901 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2902 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2903 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2904 decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2905
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2906 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2907 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2908 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2909
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2910 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2911 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2912 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2913
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2914 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2915 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2916 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2917
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2918 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2919 Return an alist of supported codepages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2920
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2921 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2922 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2923 for the character set supported by that codepage.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2924
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2925 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2926 is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2927
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2928 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2929 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2930
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2931 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2932 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2933 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2934
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2935 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2936
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2937 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2938 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
2939 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
2940 ;;;;;; (14841 19790))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2941 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2942
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
2943 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
2944 Make a comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
2945 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
2946 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
2947 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
2948 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
2949 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
2950 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
2951
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
2952 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
2953
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2954 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2955 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2956 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2957 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2958 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2959 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2960 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2961 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2962
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2963 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2964
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2965 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2966 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2967 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2968 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2969 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2970 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2971
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2972 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2973 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2974 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2975
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2976 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2977
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2978 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2979 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2980 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2981
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2982 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2983
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2984 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
2985 Send COMMAND to current process.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2986 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2987 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2988
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2989 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
2990 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2991 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2992 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2993
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2994 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2995
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2996 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (14220
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
2997 ;;;;;; 18289))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2998 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2999
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3000 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3001 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3002 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3003 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3004
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3005 This command pushes the mark in each window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3006 at the prior location of point in that window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3007 If both windows display the same buffer,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3008 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3009 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3010
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3011 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3012 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3013 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3014
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3015 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3016
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3017 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3018 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3019 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
3020 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (14813 6115))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3021 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3022
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3023 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3024 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3025
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3026 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3027 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3028
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3029 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3030 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3031 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3032 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3033 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3034
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3035 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3036 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3037 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3038 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3039 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3040
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3041 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3042 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3043 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3044 describing how the process finished.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3045
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3046 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3047 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3048 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3049 and a string describing how the process finished.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3050
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3051 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
3052 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3053 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3054
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3055 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3056 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3057 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3058 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3059
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3060 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3061 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3062 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3063 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3064
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3065 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3066 and move to the source code that caused it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3067
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3068 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3069 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3070
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3071 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3072 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3073 Then start the next one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3074
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3075 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3076 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3077 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3078
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3079 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3080 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3081 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3082 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3083 where grep found matches.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3084
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
3085 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3086 easily repeat a grep command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3087
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3088 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3089 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3090 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3091 if that history list is empty)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3092
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3093 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
3094 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
3095 Collect output in a buffer.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3096 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3097 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3098
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3099 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3100 easily repeat a find command." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3101
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3102 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3103 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3104 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3105 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3106 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3107
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3108 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3109
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3110 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3111 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3112 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3113 See `compilation-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3114 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3115
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3116 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3117 Toggle compilation minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3118 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3119 See `compilation-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3120 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3121
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3122 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3123 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3124
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3125 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3126 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3127
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
3128 A prefix ARGP specifies how many error messages to move;
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3129 negative means move back to previous error messages.
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
3130 Just \\[universal-argument] as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3131 and start at the first error.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3132
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3133 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3134 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3135 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3136 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3137 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3138 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3139
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3140 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3141 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3142 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3143
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3144 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3145 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3146 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3147
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3148 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3149
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
3150 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
3151 ;;;;;; (14807 56558))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3152 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3153
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
3154 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
3155 Toggle Partial-Completion mode.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
3156 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
3157 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
3158
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
3159 (custom-add-to-group (quote partial-completion) (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote custom-variable))
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
3160
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
3161 (custom-add-load (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote complete))
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
3162
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3163 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3164 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3165 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3166
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3167 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3168 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3169 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
3170 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3171
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3172 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3173 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3174 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3175 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3176
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3177 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the \"<...>\" sequence is interpreted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3178 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3179 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file /usr/include/sys/time.h.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3180 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3181
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3182 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3183
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3184 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
3185 ;;;;;; (14635 2463))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3186 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3187
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3188 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3189 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3190
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3191 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3192
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3193 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3194 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3195 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
3196 ;;;;;; (14720 7113))
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3197 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3198
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3199 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3200 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3201 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3202 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3203 `make-composition'.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3204
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3205 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3206
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3207 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3208 | | 1:tc or top-center
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3209 | | 2:tr or top-right
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3210 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3211 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3212 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3213 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3214 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3215 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3216
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3217 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3218 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3219 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3220 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3221 be added.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3222
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3223 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3224 NEW-REF-POINT is `tl' (top-left), the overall glyph is updated as
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3225 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3226
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3227 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3228 | | |
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3229 | global| |
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3230 | glyph | |
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3231 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3232 +----+--*--+
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3233 | | new |
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3234 | |glyph|
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3235 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3236 ")
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3237
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3238 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3239 Compose characters in the current region.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3240
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3241 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3242
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3243 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3244 specifying the region.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3245
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3246 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3247 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3248
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3249 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3250 of the text in the region.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3251
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3252 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3253
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3254 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3255 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3256 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3257 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3258
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3259 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3260 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3261 detail.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3262
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3263 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3264 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3265 text in the composition." t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3266
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3267 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3268 Decompose text in the current region.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3269
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3270 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3271 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3272
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3273 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3274 Compose characters in string STRING.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3275
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3276 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3277 the characters in it.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3278
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3279 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3280 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3281 STRING respectively.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3282
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3283 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3284 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3285 `compose-region' for more detail.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3286
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3287 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3288 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3289 text in the composition." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3290
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3291 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3292 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3293
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3294 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3295 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3296 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3297 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3298 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3299 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3300 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3301 `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3302
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3303 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3304 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3305
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3306 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3307 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3308
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3309 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3310 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3311
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3312 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3313 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3314
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3315 If no composition is found, return nil.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3316
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3317 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3318 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3319
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3320 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3321 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3322 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3323
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3324 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3325
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3326 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3327
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3328 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3329 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3330 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3331
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3332 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3333
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3334 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen." nil nil)
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
3335
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
3336 (put (quote composition-function-table) (quote char-table-extra-slots) 0)
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3337
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3338 (defvar composition-function-table (make-char-table (quote composition-function-table)) "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3339 Char table of patterns and functions to make a composition.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3340
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3341 Each element is nil or an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3342 are regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. FUNC is responsible
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3343 for composing text matching the corresponding PATTERN. FUNC is called
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3344 with three arguments FROM, TO, and PATTERN. See the function
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3345 `compose-chars-after' for more detail.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3346
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3347 This table is looked up by the first character of a composition when
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3348 the composition gets invalid after a change in a buffer.")
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3349
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3350 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3351 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3352
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3353 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3354 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3355 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3356 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3357 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3358 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3359 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3360 nil.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3361
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3362 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3363 is:
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3364 nil -- if no characters were composed.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3365 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3366
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3367 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3368
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3369 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3370
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3371 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3372 Compose last characters.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3373 The argument is a parameterized event of the form (compose-last-chars N),
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3374 where N is the number of characters before point to compose.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3375 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3376 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3377 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3378 after a sequence character events." t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3379 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3380
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3381 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3382 Convert CHAR to string.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3383 This is only for backward compatibility with Emacs 20.4 and the earlier.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3384
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3385 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3386 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted string, list of CHAR, or
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3387 vector of CHAR respectively." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3388
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3389 ;;;***
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3390
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3391 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
3392 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (14747 44775))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3393 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3394
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3395 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3396 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3397 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3398
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3399 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3400 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3401 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3402
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3403 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3404 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3405 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3406 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3407
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3408 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3409 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3410
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3411 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3412
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3413 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
3414 ;;;;;; (14463 42380))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3415 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3416
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3417 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3418 Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer to indicate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3419 the current year. If optional prefix ARG is given replace the years in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3420 notice rather than adding the current year after them. If necessary and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3421 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, the copying permissions following the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3422 copyright, if any, are updated as well." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3423
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3424 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3425 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3426
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3427 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3428
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3429 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
3430 ;;;;;; (14838 60190))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3431 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3432
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3433 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3434 Major mode for editing Perl code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3435 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3436 Tab indents for Perl code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3437 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3438 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3439
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3440 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3441 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3442 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3443 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3444 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3445 since most the time you mean \"less\". Cperl mode tries to guess
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3446 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3447 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3448 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3449 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3450 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3451 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3452
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3453 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3454
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
3455 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3456 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3457
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3458 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3459
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3460 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3461 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3462 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3463 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3464 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3465 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3466 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3467 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
3468 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3469
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3470 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3471
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3472 bite if angry;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3473
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3474 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3475 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3476 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3477 to nil.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3478
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3479 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3480 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3481 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3482
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3483 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3484
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3485 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3486 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
3487 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
3488 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3489 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3490
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3491 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3492
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3493 if (A) { B }
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3494
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3495 into
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3496
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3497 B if A;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3498
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3499 \\{cperl-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3500
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3501 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3502 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3503 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3504 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3505 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3506 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3507 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3508 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3509 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3510 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3511 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3512 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3513 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3514
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3515 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3516 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3517 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3518 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
3519 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3520 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3521
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3522 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3523 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3524 man via menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3525
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3526 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3527 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3528 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3529 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3530 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3531
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3532 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3533 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3534 span the needed amount of lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3535
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3536 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3537 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3538 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3539 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3540
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3541 Variables controlling indentation style:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3542 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3543 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3544 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3545 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3546 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3547 `cperl-auto-newline'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3548 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3549 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3550 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
3551 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
3552 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3553 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3554 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3555 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3556 `cperl-indent-level'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3557 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3558 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3559 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3560 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3561 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3562 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3563 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3564 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3565 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3566 `cperl-brace-offset'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3567 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3568 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3569 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3570 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3571 `cperl-label-offset'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3572 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3573 `cperl-min-label-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3574 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3575
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3576 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3577 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3578 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3579 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3580 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3581
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3582 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3583 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3584 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3585 \(both available from menu).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3586
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3587 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
3588 column 0 is indented on
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3589 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3590
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3591 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3592 with no args.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3593
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3594 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3595 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3596 `cperl-non-problems', `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3597
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3598 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3599
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3600 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
3601 ;;;;;; (14726 41840))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3602 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3603
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3604 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3605 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3606 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3607 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3608 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3609
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3610 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3611 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3612
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3613 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3614
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3615 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
3616 ;;;;;; (14634 20465))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3617 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3618
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3619 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3620 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3621 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3622 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3623
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3624 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3625 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3626
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3627 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3628
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3629 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3630
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3631 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
3632 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3633 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3634
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
3635 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
3636
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3637 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3638
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3639 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
3640 ;;;;;; (14600 36409))
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3641 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3642
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3643 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3644 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3645 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3646 single prompt, optionally using completion.
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3647
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3648 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3649 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3650 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3651 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3652
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3653 The default value for the separator character is the value of
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3654 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3655 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3656
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3657 Continguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3658 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3659 'bob', and 'eve'.
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3660
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3661 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3662 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3663 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3664
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3665 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3666
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3667 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3668 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3669 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD." nil nil)
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3670
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3671 ;;;***
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3672
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3673 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3674 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3675 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3676 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3677 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3678 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3679 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3680 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
3681 ;;;;;; (14841 19790))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3682 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3683 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3684
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3685 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3686 Set VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3687
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3688 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3689 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3690
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3691 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3692 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3693
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3694 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3695
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3696 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3697 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3698
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3699 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3700 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3701
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3702 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3703 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3704
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3705 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3706 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3707
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3708 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3709 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3710
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3711 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3712
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3713 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3714 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3715 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3716 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3717
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3718 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3719 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3720
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3721 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3722 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3723
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3724 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3725 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3726
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3727 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3728
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3729 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3730 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3731 User options are structured into \"groups\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3732 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3733 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3734
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3735 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3736 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3737
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3738 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3739 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3740
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3741 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3742
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3743 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3744 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3745
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3746 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3747 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3748 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3749 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3750 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3751
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3752 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3753 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3754 version." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3755
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3756 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3757
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3758 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3759 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3760 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3761
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3762 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3763 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3764 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3765
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3766 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
3767 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3768
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3769 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3770 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3771
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3772 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3773 Customize all already saved user options." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3774
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3775 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3776 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3777 If ALL is `options', include only options.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3778 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3779 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3780 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3781 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3782
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3783 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3784 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3785 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3786
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3787 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3788 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3789
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3790 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3791 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3792
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3793 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3794 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3795 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3796 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3797 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3798 that option." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3799
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3800 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3801 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3802 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3803 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3804 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3805 that option." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3806
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3807 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3808 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3809
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3810 (defvar custom-file nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3811 File used for storing customization information.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3812 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3813 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3814 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3815
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3816 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3817 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3818 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3819 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3820
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3821 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3822 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3823
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3824 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3825 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3826
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3827 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3828 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3829 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3830
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3831 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3832 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3833 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3834 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3835 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3836
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3837 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3838
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3839 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
3840 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (14760 55195))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3841 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3842
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3843 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3844 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3845
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3846 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3847 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3848 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3849
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3850 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3851
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3852 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3853 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3854 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3855
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3856 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3857
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3858 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3859
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
3860 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
3861 ;;;;;; (14807 56558))
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
3862 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
3863
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
3864 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
3865 Mode used for cvs status output." t nil)
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
3866
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
3867 ;;;***
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
3868
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3869 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
3870 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (14746 24125))
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3871 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3872
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3873 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
3874 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3875
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3876 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3877 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3878 C++ modes are included.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3879
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3880 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3881
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3882 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3883 Turn on CWarn mode.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3884
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3885 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3886 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)" nil nil)
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3887
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3888 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3889 Hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions in all buffers.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3890
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3891 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on globally if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3892
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3893 ;;;***
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3894
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3895 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
3896 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
3897 ;;;;;; (14623 45987))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3898 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3899
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3900 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3901 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3902
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3903 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3904 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3905
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3906 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3907 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3908 For readability, the table is slightly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3909 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3910
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3911 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3912 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3913 Possible values are listed in 'cyrillic-language-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3914 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3915 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3916
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3917 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3918
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3919 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
3920 ;;;;;; (14688 22818))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3921 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3922
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3923 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3924
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3925 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3926
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3927 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3928 Completion on current word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3929 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3930 and presents suggestions for completion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3931
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3932 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3933 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3934 completions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3935
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3936 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3937 then it searches *all* buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3938
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3939 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3940 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3941
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3942 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3943 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3944
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3945 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3946 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3947 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3948 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3949 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3950
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3951 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3952 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3953
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3954 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3955 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3956 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3957
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3958 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3959 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3960
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3961 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3962
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3963 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3964
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3965 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (13706
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
3966 ;;;;;; 38927))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3967 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3968
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3969 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3970 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3971
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3972 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3973 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3974 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3975
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3976 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3977 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3978 Data lines are not indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3979
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3980 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3981
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3982 \\{dcl-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3983 Commands not usually bound to keys:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3984
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3985 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3986 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3987 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3988 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3989
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3990 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3991
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3992 dcl-basic-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3993 Extra indentation within blocks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3994
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3995 dcl-continuation-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3996 Extra indentation for continued lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3997
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3998 dcl-margin-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3999 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4000
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4001 dcl-margin-label-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4002 Indentation for a label.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4003
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4004 dcl-comment-line-regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4005 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4006
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4007 dcl-block-begin-regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4008 dcl-block-end-regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4009 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4010 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4011 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4012 make it possible to define other places to indent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4013 Set to nil to disable this feature.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4014
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4015 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4016 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4017 Two such functions are included in the package:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4018 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4019 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4020
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4021 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4022 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4023 One such function is included in the package:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4024 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4025
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4026 dcl-tab-always-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4027 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4028 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4029 margin.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4030
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4031 dcl-electric-characters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4032 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4033 typed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4034
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4035 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4036 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4037 which words trigger electric indentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4038
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4039 dcl-tempo-comma
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4040 dcl-tempo-left-paren
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4041 dcl-tempo-right-paren
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4042 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4043
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4044 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4045 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4046 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4047 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4048
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4049 dcl-imenu-label-labels
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4050 dcl-imenu-label-goto
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4051 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4052 dcl-imenu-label-call
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4053 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4054
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4055 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4056 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4057 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4058 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4059
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4060
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4061 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4062
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4063 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4064 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4065 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4066 $ i = 1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4067 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4068 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4069 $ label:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4070 $ if i.eq.1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4071 $ then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4072 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4073 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4074 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4075 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4076 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4077 \"lined up with the command line\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4078 $ type sys$input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4079 Data lines are not indented at all.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4080 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4081 $ endif
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4082 $
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4083 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4084
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4085 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4086
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4087 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
4088 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (14763 42852))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4089 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4090
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4091 (setq debugger (quote debug))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4092
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4093 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4094 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4095 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4096 of the evaluator.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4097
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4098 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4099 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4100 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4101
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4102 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4103 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4104 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4105 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4106 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4107 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4108 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4109
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4110 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4111 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4112 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4113
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4114 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4115
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4116 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
4117 ;;;;;; (14747 44776))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4118 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4119
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4120 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4121 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4122
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4123 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4124 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4125 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4126 Upper-case letters are commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4127
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4128 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4129 modify it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4130
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4131 The most useful commands are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4132 \\<decipher-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4133 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4134 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4135 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4136 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4137 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4138
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4139 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4140
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
4141 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
4142 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (14838
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
4143 ;;;;;; 45509))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4144 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4145
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
4146 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
4147 Customization of `columns' group." t nil)
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
4148
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4149 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4150 Prettify all columns in a text region.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4151
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4152 START and END delimits the text region." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4153
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4154 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4155 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4156
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4157 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4158
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4159 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4160
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
4161 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (14505
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
4162 ;;;;;; 12112))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4163 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4164
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4165 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4166 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4167 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4168 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4169 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4170 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4171
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4172 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4173
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4174 Customization:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4175
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4176 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4177 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4178 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4179 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4180 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4181 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4182 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4183 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4184 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4185 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4186 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4187 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4188 blank line.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4189 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4190 Directories to search when finding external units.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4191 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4192 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4193
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4194 Coloring:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4195
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4196 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4197 Face used to color delphi comments.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4198 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4199 Face used to color delphi strings.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4200 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4201 Face used to color delphi keywords.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4202 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4203 Face used to color everything else.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4204
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4205 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4206 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4207
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4208 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4209
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
4210 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (14807
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
4211 ;;;;;; 56558))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4212 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4213
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4214 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4215
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
4216 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
4217 Toggle Delete-Selection mode.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
4218 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
4219 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
4220
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
4221 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
4222
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
4223 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel))
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
4224
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4225 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4226 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4227 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4228 positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4229
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4230 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4231 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4232 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4233 any selection." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4234
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4235 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4236
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4237 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "derived.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4238 ;;;;;; (14638 25337))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4239 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4240
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4241 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4242 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4243 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4244 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4245 the first time the mode is used." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4246
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4247 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4248
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4249 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
4250 ;;;;;; (14822 58259))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4251 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4252
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4253 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4254 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4255 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4256
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4257 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4258 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4259 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4260 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4261
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4262 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4263
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4264 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-decode-itrans-region devanagari-encode-itrans-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4265 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4266 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4267 ;;;;;; devanagari-compose-region devanagari-compose-string devanagari-decompose-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4268 ;;;;;; devanagari-decompose-string char-to-glyph-devanagari indian-to-devanagari-string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4269 ;;;;;; devanagari-to-indian-region indian-to-devanagari-region devanagari-to-indian
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
4270 ;;;;;; indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el"
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
4271 ;;;;;; (14776 10060))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4272 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4273
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4274 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4275 Convert IS 13194 character CHAR to Devanagari basic characters.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4276 If CHAR is not IS 13194, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4277
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4278 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian) "devan-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4279 Convert Devanagari basic character CHAR to IS 13194 characters.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4280 If CHAR is not Devanagari basic character, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4281
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4282 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-region) "devan-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4283 Convert IS 13194 characters in region to Devanagari basic characters.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4284 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4285 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4286
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4287 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian-region) "devan-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4288 Convert Devanagari basic characters in region to Indian characters.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4289 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4290 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4291
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4292 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-string) "devan-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4293 Convert Indian characters in STRING to Devanagari Basic characters." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4294
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4295 (autoload (quote char-to-glyph-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4296 Convert Devanagari characters in STRING to Devanagari glyphs.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4297 Ligatures and special rules are processed." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4298
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4299 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-string) "devan-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4300 Decompose Devanagari string STR" nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4301
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4302 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4303
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4304 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-string) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4305
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4306 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4307
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4308 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4309 Compose IS 13194 characters in the region to Devanagari characters." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4310
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4311 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4312
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4313 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4314 Decompose Devanagari characters in the region to IS 13194 characters." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4315
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4316 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4317
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4318 (autoload (quote devanagari-encode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4319
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4320 (autoload (quote devanagari-decode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4321
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4322 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4323
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4324 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el"
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
4325 ;;;;;; (14821 46405))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4326 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4327
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4328 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4329 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4330 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4331 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4332 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4333
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4334 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4335 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4336 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4337
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4338 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4339 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4340 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4341 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4342
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4343 #!/bin/sh
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4344 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4345 emacs -batch \\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4346 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4347 european-calendar-style t \\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4348 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4349 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4350 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4351
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4352 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4353 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4354 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4355 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4356
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4357 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4358
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4359 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4360 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (14280 10414))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4361 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4362
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4363 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4364 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4365
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4366 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4367 *The command to use to run diff.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4368
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4369 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4370 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4371 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4372 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4373 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4374
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4375 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4376 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4377 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4378 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4379 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4380
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4381 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4382
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4383 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
4384 ;;;;;; (14831 12714))
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4385 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4386
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4387 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4388 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4389 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent) normal diffs.
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4390 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4391 This mode runs `diff-mode-hook'.
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4392 \\{diff-mode-map}" t nil)
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4393
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4394 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4395 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4396 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4397
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4398 ;;;***
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4399
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4400 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4401 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4402 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4403 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
4404 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (14831 34695))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4405 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4406
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4407 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4408 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4409 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4410 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4411 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4412
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4413 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4414 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4415
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4416 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4417 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4418 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4419 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4420 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4421
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4422 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4423 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4424
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4425 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4426 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4427 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4428 always set this variable to t.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4429
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4430 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4431 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4432 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4433 A value of t means move to first file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4434
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4435 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4436 *Controls marking of renamed files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4437 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4438 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4439 are afterward marked with that character.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4440
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4441 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4442 *Controls marking of copied files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4443 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4444 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4445
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4446 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4447 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4448 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4449 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4450
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4451 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4452 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4453 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4454 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4455
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4456 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4457 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4458 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4459 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4460
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4461 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4462
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4463 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4464 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4465 \(This works on only some systems.)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4466 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4467
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4468 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4469 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4470 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4471 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4472 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4473 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4474 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4475 list of files to make directory entries for.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4476 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4477 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4478 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4479 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4480
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4481 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4482 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4483
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4484 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4485 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4486 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4487
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4488 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4489 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4490
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4491 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4492 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4493
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4494 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4495
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4496 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4497 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4498 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
28939
c5964d5c6afa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28919
diff changeset
4499 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
c5964d5c6afa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28919
diff changeset
4500 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4501 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4502 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4503 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4504 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4505 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4506 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4507 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
4508 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (14811 51864))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4509 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4510
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4511 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4512 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4513 FILE defaults to the file at the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4514 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4515 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4516 which is options for `diff'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4517
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4518 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4519 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4520 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4521 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4522 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4523 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4524
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4525 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4526 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4527 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4528
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4529 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4530 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4531
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4532 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4533 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4534
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4535 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4536 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4537 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4538 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4539
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4540 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4541 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4542 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4543 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4544 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4545
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4546 If there is output, it goes to a separate buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4547
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4548 Normally the command is run on each file individually.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4549 However, if there is a `*' in the command then it is run
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4550 just once with the entire file list substituted there.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4551
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4552 If there is no `*', but a `?' in the command then it is still run
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4553 on each file individually but with the filename substituted there
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4554 instead of att the end of the command.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4555
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4556 No automatic redisplay of dired buffers is attempted, as there's no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4557 telling what files the command may have changed. Type
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4558 \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4559
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4560 The shell command has the top level directory as working directory, so
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4561 output files usually are created there instead of in a subdir.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4562
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4563 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4564 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4565
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4566 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4567 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4568 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4569 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4570 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4571 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4572
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4573 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4574
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4575 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4576 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4577
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4578 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4579 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4580
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4581 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4582 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4583
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4584 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4585 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4586 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4587 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4588
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4589 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4590
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4591 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4592
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4593 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4594
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4595 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4596
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4597 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4598
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4599 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4600 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4601
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4602 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4603 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4604 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4605 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4606 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4607 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4608 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4609
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4610 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4611 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4612 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4613 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4614 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4615 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4616
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4617 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4618 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4619 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4620 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4621 and new hard links are made in that directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4622 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4623
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4624 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4625 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4626 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4627 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4628
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4629 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4630 Rename marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4631 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4632 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4633 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4634 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4635
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4636 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4637 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4638
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4639 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4640 Copy all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4641 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4642
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4643 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4644 Hardlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4645 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4646
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4647 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4648 Symlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4649 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4650
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4651 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4652 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4653
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4654 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4655 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4656
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4657 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4658 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4659 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4660 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4661 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4662 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4663 this subdirectory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4664 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4665
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4666 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4667 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4668 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4669 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4670 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4671 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4672 this subdirectory.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4673 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4674
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4675 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4676 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4677 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4678
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4679 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4680 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4681 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4682 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4683
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4684 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4685 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4686 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4687 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4688
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4689 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4690 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4691 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4692
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4693 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4694 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4695
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4696 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4697 Go down in the dired tree." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4698
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4699 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4700 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4701 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4702 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4703
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4704 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4705 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4706 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4707 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4708
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4709 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4710 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4711 Stops when a match is found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4712 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4713
28939
c5964d5c6afa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28919
diff changeset
4714 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4715 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4716 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4717 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query replace
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4718 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4719
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4720 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4721 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4722 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4723 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4724
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4725 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4726
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
4727 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (14524 61610))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4728 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4729
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4730 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4731 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4732 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4733 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4734 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4735 buffer and try again." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4736
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4737 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4738
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
4739 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (14831 12714))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4740 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4741
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4742 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4743 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4744 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4745
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4746 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4747
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4748 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4749 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4750
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4751 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4752 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4753 " nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4754
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4755 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4756
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4757 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (13776
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4758 ;;;;;; 9615))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4759 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4760
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4761 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4762 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4763 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4764 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4765 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4766 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4767
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4768 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4769
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4770 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4771 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4772 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4773 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
4774 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (14758 10468))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4775 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4776
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4777 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4778 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4779
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4780 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4781 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4782 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4783 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4784 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4785
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4786 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4787 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4788 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4789 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4790 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4791
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4792 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4793 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4794
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4795 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4796 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4797
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4798 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4799 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4800
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4801 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4802 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4803
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4804 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4805 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4806
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4807 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4808 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4809 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4810 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4811
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4812 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4813 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4814 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4815 X frame." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4816
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4817 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4818 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4819
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4820 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4821 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4822
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4823 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4824 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4825
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4826 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4827 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4828 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4829 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4830
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4831 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4832 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4833 European character display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4834
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4835 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4836 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4837 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4838 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4839
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4840 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4841 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4842 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4843 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4844 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4845
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4846 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4847
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4848 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4849 ;;;;;; (13229 28172))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4850 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4851
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4852 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4853 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4854 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4855 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4856 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4857 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4858 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4859 Default is 2." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4860
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4861 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4862
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
4863 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (14831 613))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4864 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4865
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4866 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4867 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4868
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4869 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4870
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4871 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4872 ;;;;;; (14288 20375))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4873 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4874
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4875 (defvar double-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4876 Toggle Double mode.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4877 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4878 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4879
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4880 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4881
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4882 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4883
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4884 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4885 Toggle Double mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4886 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4887
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4888 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4889 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4890
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4891 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4892
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
4893 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (13607 44546))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4894 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4895
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4896 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4897 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4898
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4899 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4900
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4901 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
4902 ;;;;;; (14792 2673))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4903 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4904
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4905 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4906 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4907
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4908 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4909
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4910 ;;;### (autoloads (define-derived-mode easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
4911 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-keymap easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode)
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
4912 ;;;;;; "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (14842 29274))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4913 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4914
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4915 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4916
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4917 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4918 Define a new minor mode MODE.
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4919 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
4920 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook. If MODE is buffer-local, then
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
4921 turn-on-MODE and turn-off-MODE commands are also generated for use in hooks,
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
4922 and an optional global-MODE mode may also be generated.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4923
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4924 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4925 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4926 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4927 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4928 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4929 in order to build a valid keymap.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4930 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4931 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4932 BODY can start with a list of CL-style keys specifying additional arguments.
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
4933 Currently three such keyword arguments are supported:
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
4934 :group, followed by the group name to use for any generated `defcustom'.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
4935 :global, followed by a value, which --
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
4936 If `t' specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
4937 buffer-local (by default, the variable is made buffer-local).
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
4938 If non-nil, but not `t' (for instance, `:global optionally'), then
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
4939 specifies that the minor mode should be buffer-local, but that a
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
4940 corresponding `global-MODE' function should also be added, which can
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
4941 be used to turn on MODE in every buffer.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
4942 :conditional-turn-on, followed by a function-name which turns on MODE
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
4943 only when applicable to the current buffer. This is used in
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
4944 conjunction with any `global-MODE' function (see :global above) when
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
4945 turning on the buffer-local minor mode. By default, any generated
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
4946 `global-MODE' function unconditionally turns on the minor mode in
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
4947 every new buffer." nil (quote macro))
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4948
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4949 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4950 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the MODE buffer-local minor mode.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4951 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4952 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4953 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4954 :group to specify the custom group." nil (quote macro))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4955
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
4956 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
4957 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
4958 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
4959 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
4960 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
4961 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
4962 ARGS is a list of additional arguments." nil nil)
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
4963
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
4964 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro))
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
4965
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
4966 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
4967 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
4968 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
4969 " nil (quote macro))
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
4970
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4971 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4972 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4973
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4974 The arguments to this command are as follow:
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4975
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4976 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4977 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode').
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4978 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4979 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4980 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4981 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4982 hooks for the new mode.
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4983
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4984 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4985
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4986 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4987
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4988 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4989 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4990 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4991
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4992 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4993 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4994
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4995 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4996 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4997 (setq case-fold-search nil))
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4998
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4999 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
5000 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro))
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
5001
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5002 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5003
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5004 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5005 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (14702
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
5006 ;;;;;; 63698))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5007 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5008
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5009 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5010 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5011 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5012 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5013
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5014 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5015 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5016
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5017 :filter FUNCTION
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5018
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5019 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5020 menu displayed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5021
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5022 :visible INCLUDE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5023
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5024 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5025 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5026
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5027 :active ENABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5028
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5029 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5030 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5031
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5032 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5033
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5034 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5035
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5036 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5037
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5038 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5039 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5040
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5041 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5042 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5043
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5044 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5045
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5046 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5047
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5048 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5049
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5050 :keys KEYS
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5051
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5052 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5053 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5054 computed automatically.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5055 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5056
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5057 :key-sequence KEYS
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5058
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5059 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5060 menu item.
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5061 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5062 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5063 keyboard equivalent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5064
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5065 :active ENABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5066
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5067 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5068 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5069
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5070 :included INCLUDE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5071
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5072 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5073 expression has a non-nil value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5074
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5075 :suffix FORM
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5076
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5077 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5078 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5079
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5080 :style STYLE
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5081
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5082 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5083 defined:
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5084
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5085 toggle: A checkbox.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5086 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5087 radio: A radio button.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5088 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5089 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5090 menu bar itself.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5091 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5092
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5093 :selected SELECTED
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5094
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5095 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5096 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5097
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5098 :help HELP
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5099
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5100 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5101
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5102 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5103 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5104 as a solid horizontal line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5105
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5106 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5107
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5108 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5109
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5110 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5111 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5112 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5113 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5114
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5115 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5116 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5117 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5118 should contain a submenu named NAME.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5119 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5120 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5121
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5122 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5123 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5124 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5125
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5126 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5127 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5128
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5129 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5130
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5131 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5132 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5133 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5134 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
5135 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (14763 39810))
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5136 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5137
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5138 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5139 Customization for ebnf group." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5140
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5141 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5142 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5143
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5144 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5145 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5146 it to the printer.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5147
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5148 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5149 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5150 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5151 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5152
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5153 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5154 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5155 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5156
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5157 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5158 Generate and spool a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5159 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5160 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5161
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5162 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5163
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5164 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5165 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region and spool locally.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5166 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5167
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5168 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5169
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5170 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5171 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5172
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5173 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5174 The EPS file name has the following form:
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5175
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5176 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5177
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5178 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5179 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5180
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5181 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5182 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5183 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5184 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5185
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5186 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5187
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5188 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5189 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5190
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5191 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5192 The EPS file name has the following form:
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5193
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5194 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5195
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5196 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5197 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5198
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5199 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5200 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5201 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5202 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5203
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5204 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5205
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5206 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5207
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5208 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5209 Does a syntatic analysis of the current buffer." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5210
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5211 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5212 Does a syntatic analysis of a region." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5213
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5214 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5215 Return the current ebnf2ps setup." nil nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5216
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5217 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5218 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5219
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5220 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5221 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5222
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5223 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5224 Set STYLE to current style.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5225
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5226 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5227
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5228 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5229 Reset current style.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5230
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5231 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5232
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5233 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5234 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5235
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5236 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5237
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5238 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5239 Pop a style and set it to current style.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5240
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5241 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5242
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5243 ;;;***
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5244
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5245 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-tags-query-replace
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5246 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-loop-continue ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5247 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (14727
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5248 ;;;;;; 65050))
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5249 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5250
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5251 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5252 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5253 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5254 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5255 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5256 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5257
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5258 Tree mode key bindings:
28542
9e9fa222ebcf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28530
diff changeset
5259 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}" t nil)
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5260
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5261 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5262 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled." t nil)
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5263
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5264 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5265 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5266 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5267 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5268 completion." t nil)
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5269
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5270 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5271 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5272 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5273 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over." t nil)
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5274
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5275 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5276 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5277 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only." t nil)
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5278
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5279 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5280 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5281 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5282 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in." t nil)
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5283
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5284 ;;;***
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5285
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5286 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
5287 ;;;;;; (14782 11910))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5288 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5289
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5290 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5291 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5292 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5293 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5294
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5295 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5296 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5297 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5298
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5299 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5300 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5301 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5302
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5303 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5304
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5305 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5306
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5307 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5308
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5309 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5310 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (14447 15307))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5311 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5312
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5313 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5314 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5315 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5316
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5317 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5318
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5319 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
5320 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (14814 33058))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5321 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5322
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5323 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5324 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5325 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5326 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5327 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5328
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5329 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5330 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5331 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5332 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5333
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5334 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5335 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5336 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5337 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5338
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5339 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5340 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5341 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5342 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5343
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5344 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5345
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5346 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5347 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5348 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5349 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5350 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5351
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5352 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5353
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5354 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5355 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5356 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5357 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5358 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5359 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5360 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5361 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5362 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
5363 ;;;;;; ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (14522 27408))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5364 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5365
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5366 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5367 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5368
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5369 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5370 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5371
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5372 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5373
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5374 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5375
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5376 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5377 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5378
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5379 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5380
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5381 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5382 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5383
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5384 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5385
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5386 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5387 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5388 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5389 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5390
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5391 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5392
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5393 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5394 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5395 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5396 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5397
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5398 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5399
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5400 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5401 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5402 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5403 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5404
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5405 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5406
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5407 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5408 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5409 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5410 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5411
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5412 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5413
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5414 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5415 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5416 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5417 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5418 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5419 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5420
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5421 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5422 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5423 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5424 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5425
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5426 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5427
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5428 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5429 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5430 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5431 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5432
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5433 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5434
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5435 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5436
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5437 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5438 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5439 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5440 follows:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5441 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5442 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5443
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5444 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5445 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5446 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5447 follows:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5448 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5449 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5450
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5451 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5452 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5453 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5454 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5455 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5456
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5457 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5458 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5459 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5460 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5461 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5462 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5463
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5464 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5465
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5466 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5467 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5468
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5469 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5470 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5471
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5472 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5473
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5474 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5475 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5476
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5477 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5478 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5479
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5480 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5481 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5482 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5483 buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5484
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5485 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5486 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5487 The file is the the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5488 buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5489
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5490 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5491 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5492 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5493 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5494
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5495 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5496 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5497 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5498 and don't ask the user.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5499 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5500 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5501
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5502 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5503 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5504
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5505 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5506
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5507 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5508
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5509 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5510 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5511 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5512 buffer. Use `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5513
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5514 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5515
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5516 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5517 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5518 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5519
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5520 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5521 Display Ediff's manual.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5522 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5523
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5524 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5525
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5526 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5527 ;;;;;; (14522 27392))
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5528 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5529
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5530 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" nil t nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5531
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5532 ;;;***
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5533
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (14367 2123))
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5535 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5536
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5537 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5538
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5539 (progn (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) ["-------" nil nil] "OO-Browser...")))))
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5540
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5541 (cond ((string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) ((featurep (quote menu-bar)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation)))))
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5542
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5543 ;;;***
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5544
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5545 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
5546 ;;;;;; (14636 62704))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5547 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5548
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5549 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5550 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5551
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5552 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5553
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5554 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5555
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5556 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
5557 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (14367 2134))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5558 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5559
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5560 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5561 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5562 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5563 which see." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5564
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5565 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5566 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5567 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5568 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5569
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5570 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5571
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5572 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5573 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
5574 ;;;;;; (14634 20435))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5575 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5576 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5577
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5578 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5579 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5580 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5581
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5582 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5583 Edit a keyboard macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5584 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5585 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5586 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5587 its command name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5588 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5589
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5590 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5591 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5592
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5593 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5594 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5595
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5596 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5597 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5598 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5599 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5600 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5601 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5602
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5603 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5604 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5605 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5606 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5607
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5608 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5609 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5610 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5611 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5612 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5613 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5614
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5615 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5616
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5617 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on) "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (13271
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5618 ;;;;;; 33724))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5619 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5620
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5621 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5622 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5623
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5624 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5625
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5626 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
5627 ;;;;;; (14793 26118))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5628 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5629
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5630 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5631 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5632 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5633 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5634 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5635 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5636 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5637 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5638
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5639 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5640 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5641
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5642 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5643 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5644 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5645 this value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5646
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5647 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
5648 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
5649 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5650
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5651 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise) the help
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5652 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion')
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5653 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5654
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5655 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5656
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5657 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5658
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5659 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
5660 ;;;;;; eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (14716 17385))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5661 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5662
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5663 (defvar eldoc-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5664 *If non-nil, show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5665
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5666 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5667 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5668 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5669 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5670 from the documentation string if possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5671
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5672 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5673 instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5674
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5675 This variable is buffer-local.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5676
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5677 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5678 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled.")
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5679
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5680 (cond ((fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (add-minor-mode (quote eldoc-mode) (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string))) ((assq (quote eldoc-mode) (default-value (quote minor-mode-alist)))) (t (setq-default minor-mode-alist (append (default-value (quote minor-mode-alist)) (quote ((eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)))))))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5681
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5682 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5683 *Enable or disable eldoc mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5684 See documentation for the variable of the same name for more details.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5685
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5686 If called interactively with no prefix argument, toggle current condition
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5687 of the mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5688 If called with a positive or negative prefix argument, enable or disable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5689 the mode, respectively." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5690
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5691 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5692 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5693
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5694 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5695
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5696 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (14495
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5697 ;;;;;; 17971))
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5698 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5699
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5700 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5701 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5702
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5703 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5704 an elided material again.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5705
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5706 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hooks' or appropriate mode hooks." t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5707
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5708 ;;;***
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5709
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5710 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5711 ;;;;;; (13363 2909))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5712 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5713
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5714 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5715 Initialize elint." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5716
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5717 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5718
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
5719 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
5720 ;;;;;; elp-restore-function elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el"
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
5721 ;;;;;; (14638 40759))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5722 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5723
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5724 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5725 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5726 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5727
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5728 (autoload (quote elp-restore-function) "elp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5729 Restore an instrumented function to its original definition.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5730 Argument FUNSYM is the symbol of a defined function." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5731
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5732 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5733 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5734 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5735
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5736 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5737 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5738 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5739
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5740 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5741
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5742 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5743 Display current profiling results.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5744 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5745 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5746 displayed." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5747
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5748 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5749
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5750 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5751 ;;;;;; (13649 21996))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5752 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5753
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5754 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5755 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5756 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5757
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5758 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5759
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5760 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5761 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5762 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5763 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
5764 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (14675 3134))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5765 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5766
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5767 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5768
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5769 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5770
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5771 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5772
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5773 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5774
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5775 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5776
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5777 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5778
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5779 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5780
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5781 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5782
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5783 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5784
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5785 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5786 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5787
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5788 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5789 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5790
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5791 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5792 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5793
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5794 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5795 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5796
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5797 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5798
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5799 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5800
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5801 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5802
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5803 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5804
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5805 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5806 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5807
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5808 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5809 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5810
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5811 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5812
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5813 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5814
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5815 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
5816 ;;;;;; (14642 24031))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5817 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5818
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5819 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5820 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5821 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5822
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5823 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5824 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5825 automatically.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5826
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5827 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5828 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5829 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5830
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5831 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5832
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5833 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
5834 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (14748 29984))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5835 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5836
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5837 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5838 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5839 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5840 text/enriched format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5841 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5842
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5843 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5844 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5845
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5846 Commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5847
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5848 \\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5849
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5850 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5851
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5852 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5854 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5855
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
5856 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (14828
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
5857 ;;;;;; 11553))
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5858 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5859
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5860 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5861 Emacs shell interactive mode.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5862
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5863 \\{eshell-mode-map}" nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5864
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5865 ;;;***
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5866
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
5867 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (14827
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
5868 ;;;;;; 38210))
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5869 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5870
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5871 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5872 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5873
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5874 ;;;***
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5875
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5876 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
5877 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (14823 8292))
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5878 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5879
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5880 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5881 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5882 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5883 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5884 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5885 will begin. A new session is always created if the the prefix
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5886 argument ARG is specified. Returns the buffer selected (or created)." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5887
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5888 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5889 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5890 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5891
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5892 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5893 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5894 The result might be any Lisp object.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5895 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5896 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5897 corresponding to a successful execution." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5898
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5899 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5900 Report a bug in Eshell.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5901 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5902 Please include any configuration details that might be involved." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5903
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5904 ;;;***
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5905
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5906 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5907 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5908 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5909 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
5910 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-table-list
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
5911 ;;;;;; tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (14817
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
5912 ;;;;;; 11667))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5913 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5914
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5915 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5916 *File name of tags table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5917 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5918 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5919 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5920 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5921
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
5922 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
5923 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
5924 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
5925 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
5926
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5927 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5928 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5929 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5930 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5931 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5932 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5933
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5934 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5935 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5936 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5937 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5938 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5939
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5940 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5941 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5942 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5943 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5944
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5945 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5946 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5947 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5948 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5949 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5950
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5951 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5952 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5953 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5954 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5955
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5956 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5957 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5958 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5959 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5960 file the tag was in." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5961
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5962 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5963 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5964 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5965 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5966 without directory names." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5967
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5968 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5969 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5970 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5971 but does not select the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5972 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5973
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5974 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5975 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5976 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5977 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5978 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5979
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5980 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5981
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5982 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5983 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5984 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5985
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5986 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5987
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5988 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5989 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5990 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5991 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5992
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5993 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5994 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5995 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5996 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5997 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5998
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5999 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6000
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6001 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6002 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6003 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6004
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6005 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6006 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6007
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6008 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6009 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6010 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6011 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6012 around or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6013
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6014 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6015 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6016 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6017 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6018 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6019
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6020 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6021
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6022 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6023 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6024 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6025
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6026 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6027 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6028
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6029 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6030 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6031 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6032 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6033 around or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6034
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6035 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6036 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6037 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6038 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6039 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6040
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6041 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6042
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6043 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6044 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6045 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6046
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6047 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6048 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6049
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6050 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6051 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6052 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6053
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6054 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6055 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6056 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6057 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6058 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6059
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6060 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6061
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6062 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6063 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6064 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6065
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6066 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6067 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6068 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6069
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6070 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6071 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6072
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6073 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6074 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6075 where they were found." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6076
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6077 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6078 Select next file among files in current tags table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6079
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6080 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6081 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6082 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6083
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6084 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6085 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6086
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6087 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6088 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6089
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6090 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6091 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6092 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6093 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6094
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6095 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6096 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6097 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6098 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6099 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6100 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6101
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6102 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6103 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6104 Stops when a match is found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6105 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6106
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6107 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6108
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6109 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
6110 `Query-replace-regexp' FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6111 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6112 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6113 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6114
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6115 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6116
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6117 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6118 Display list of tags in file FILE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6119 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6120 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6121 directory specification." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6122
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6123 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6124 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6125
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6126 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6127 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6128 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6129 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6130
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6131 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6132 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6133 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6134 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6135 for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6136
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6137 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6138
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6139 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6140 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6141 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6142 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6143 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6144 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
6145 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
6146 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (14623 45988))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6147 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6148
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6149 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6150
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6151 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6152 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6153 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6154 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6155
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6156 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6157 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6158 language.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6159
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6160 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6161 even if the buffer is read-only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6162
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6163 See also the descriptions of the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6164 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6165 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6166
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6167 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6168 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6169
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6170 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6171 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6172
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6173 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6174 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6175 language.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6176
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6177 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6178 buffer is read-only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6179
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6180 See also the descriptions of the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6181 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6182 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6183
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6184 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6185 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6186 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6187
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6188 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6189 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6190
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6191 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6192 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6193
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6194 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6195 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6196
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6197 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6198 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6199 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6200 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6201
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6202 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6203 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6204 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6205 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6206
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6207 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6208 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6209 the primary language.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6210
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6211 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6212 buffer is read-only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6213
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6214 See also the descriptions of the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6215 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6216 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6217
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6218 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6219 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6220 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6221 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6222
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6223 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6224 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6225 primary language.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6226
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6227 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6228 buffer is read-only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6229
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6230 See also the descriptions of the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6231 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6232 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6233
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6234 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6235 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6236 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6237
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6238 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6239 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6240
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6241 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6242 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6243 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6244 3) convert the body into SERA.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6245
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6246 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6247
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6248 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6249 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6250 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6251
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6252 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6253 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6254
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6255 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6256 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6257
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6258 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6259 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6260 be 1, 2, or 3.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6261
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6262 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6263 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6264 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6265
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6266 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6267
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6268 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6269 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6270
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6271 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6272 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6273 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6274
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6275 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6276 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6277
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6278 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6279 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6280
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6281 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6282 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6283
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6284 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6285 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6286
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6287 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6288 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6289
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6290 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6291 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6292
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6293 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6294 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6295
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6296 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6297
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6298 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6299 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
6300 ;;;;;; (14463 4091))
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6301 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6302
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6303 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6304 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6305 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6306 server for future sessions." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6307
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6308 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6309 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6310
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6311 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6312 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6313
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6314 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6315 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6316 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6317 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6318 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6319 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6320 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6321 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6322 If REPLACE is non nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6323 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6324 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6325 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'" t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6326
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6327 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6328 Display a form to query the directory server.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6329 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6330 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6331
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6332 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6333 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6334 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6335
27326
25ebadb8e258 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27321
diff changeset
6336 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
25ebadb8e258 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27321
diff changeset
6337
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6338 ;;;***
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6339
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6340 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6341 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
6342 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (14461 55579))
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6343 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6344
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6345 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6346 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA." nil nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6347
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6348 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6349 Display URL and make it clickable." nil nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6350
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6351 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6352 Display a button to play the sound DATA." nil nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6353
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6354 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6355 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible." nil nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6356
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6357 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6358 Display a button for the JPEG DATA." nil nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6359
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6360 ;;;***
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6361
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6362 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
6363 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (14460 59510))
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6364 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6365
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6366 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6367 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6368 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6369
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6370 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6371 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6372
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6373 ;;;***
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6374
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6375 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
6376 ;;;;;; (14460 59510))
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6377 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6378
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6379 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6380 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6381
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6382 ;;;***
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6383
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6384 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6385 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find)
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
6386 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (14764 17652))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6387 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6388
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6389 (autoload (quote executable-find) "executable" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6390 Search for COMMAND in exec-path and return the absolute file name.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6391 Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6392
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6393 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6394 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6395 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6396 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6397 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6398 executable." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6399
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6400 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6401 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6402 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6403
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6404 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6405 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6406 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6407 file modes." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6408
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6409 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6410
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6411 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
6412 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (14443 20274))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6413 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6414
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6415 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6416 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6417 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6418 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6419
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6420 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6421
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6422 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6423 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6424 to generate such functions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6425
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6426 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6427 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6428 beginning of the expanded text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6429
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6430 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6431 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6432 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6433 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6434
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6435 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6436
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6437 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6438 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6439 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6440
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6441 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6442 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6443 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6444 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6445 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6446
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6447 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6448
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
6449 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (14624 3716))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6450 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6451
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6452 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6453 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6454
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6455 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6456 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6457 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6458
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6459 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6460
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6461 Key definitions:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6462 \\{f90-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6463
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6464 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6465
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6466 f90-do-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6467 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6468 f90-if-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6469 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6470 f90-type-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6471 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6472 f90-program-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6473 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6474 (default 2)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6475 f90-continuation-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6476 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6477 f90-comment-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6478 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6479 region. (default \"!!!$\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6480 f90-indented-comment-re
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6481 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6482 (default \"!\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6483 f90-directive-comment-re
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6484 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6485 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6486 f90-break-delimiters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6487 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6488 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6489 f90-break-before-delimiters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6490 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6491 (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6492 f90-beginning-ampersand
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6493 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6494 f90-smart-end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6495 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6496 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6497 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6498 f90-auto-keyword-case
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6499 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6500 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6501 f90-leave-line-no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6502 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6503 f90-startup-message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6504 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6505 f90-keywords-re
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6506 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6507
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6508 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6509 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6510
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6511 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6512
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6513 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6514 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6515 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6516 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
6517 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (14693 49864))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6518 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6519 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6520 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6521
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6522 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6523 Menu keymap for faces.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6524
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6525 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6526
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6527 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6528 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6529
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6530 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6531
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6532 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6533 Menu keymap for background colors.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6534
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6535 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6536
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
6537 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6538 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6539
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6540 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6541
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
6542 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6543 Submenu for text justification commands.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6544
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6545 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6546
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
6547 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6548 Submenu for indentation commands.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6549
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6550 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6551
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6552 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6553 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6554
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6555 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6556
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
6557 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "List Properties") (quote list-text-properties-at))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
6558
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
6559 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6560
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6561 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6562
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6563 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6564 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6565 It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6566 will not show through at all will be removed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6567
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6568 Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6569
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6570 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6571 this command sets the region to the requested face.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6572
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6573 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6574 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6575 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6576
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6577 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6578 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6579 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6580 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6581 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6582 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6583 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6584 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6585
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6586 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6587 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6588 The color is prompted for. A face named `bg:color' is used (or created).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6589 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6590 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6591 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6592 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6593 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6594
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6595 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6596 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6597 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6598 is the menu item's name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6599
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6600 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6601 this command sets the region to the requested face.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6602
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6603 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6604 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6605 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6606
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6607 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6608 Make the region invisible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6609 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6610 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6611
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6612 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6613 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6614 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6615 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6616
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6617 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6618 Make the region unmodifiable.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6619 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6620 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6621
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6622 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6623 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6624
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6625 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6626 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6627
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6628 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6629 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6630 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6631
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6632 (autoload (quote list-text-properties-at) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6633 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6634
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6635 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6636 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6637
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6638 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6639 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6640 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6641 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6642 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6643
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6644 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6645
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6646 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
6647 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (14477 53252))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6648 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6649
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6650 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6651 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6652 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6653 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6654
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6655 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6656
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6657 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6658 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6659 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6660
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6661 Font Lock caches may be saved:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6662 - When you save the file's buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6663 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6664 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6665 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6666 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6667
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6668 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6669
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6670 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6671 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6672 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6673 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6674
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6675 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6676 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6677
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6678 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6679
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6680 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6681
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6682 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6683 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts)
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
6684 ;;;;;; "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (14415 51114))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6685 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6686
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6687 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6688 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6689
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6690 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6691 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6692 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6693 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6694
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6695 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6696 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6697 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6698 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6699 backup file names and the like)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6700
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6701 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6702 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6703 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6704 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6705 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6706 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6707 internally by feedmail):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6708
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6709 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6710 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6711 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6712 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6713
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6714 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6715 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6716 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6717 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6718 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6719
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6720 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6721
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
6722 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu find-file-at-point
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
6723 ;;;;;; ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (14736 26478))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6724 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6725
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6726 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6727 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6728 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6729 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6730 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6731 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6732 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6733
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6734 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6735 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6736 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6737 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6738 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6739 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6740 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6741
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6742 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil)
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
6743 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6744
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6745 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6746 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6747 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6748 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6749 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6750 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6751
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6752 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6753 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6754 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6755 Return value:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6756 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6757 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6758 * otherwise, nil" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6759
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6760 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6761 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6762
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6763 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6764
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6765 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
6766 ;;;;;; (14767 36637))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6767 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6768
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6769 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6770 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6771 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6772 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
6773 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
6774 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6775 \(directories) is done." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6776 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6777 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6778 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6779
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6780 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6781
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6782 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
6783 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (14718 5093))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6784 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6785
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6786 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6787 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6788 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6789 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6790 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6791
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6792 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6793 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6794 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6795 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6796
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6797 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6798 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6799 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6800
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6801 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6802
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6803 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6804 as the final argument." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6805
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6806 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6807 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6808 and run dired on those files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6809 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6810 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6811
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6812 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6813
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6814 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6815 Find files in DIR containing a regexp ARG and start Dired on output.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6816 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6817
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6818 find . -exec grep -s ARG {} \\; -ls
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6819
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6820 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6821
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6822 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6823
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6824 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6825 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
6826 ;;;;;; (14746 24125))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6827 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6828
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6829 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6830 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
6831 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6832
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6833 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6834
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6835 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6836 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6837 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6838
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6839 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6840 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6841
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6842 Variables of interest include:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6843
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
6844 - `ff-case-fold-search'
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
6845 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6846 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6847
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
6848 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6849 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
6850 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
6851
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
6852 - `ff-ignore-include'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6853 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6854
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
6855 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6856 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6857
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
6858 - `ff-quiet-mode'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6859 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6860
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
6861 - `ff-special-constructs'
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
6862 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
6863 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6864 extracting the filename from that construct.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6865
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
6866 - `ff-other-file-alist'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6867 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6868
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
6869 - `ff-search-directories'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6870 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
6871 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
6872
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
6873 - `ff-pre-find-hooks'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6874 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6875
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
6876 - `ff-pre-load-hooks'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6877 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6878
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
6879 - `ff-post-load-hooks'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6880 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6881
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
6882 - `ff-not-found-hooks'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6883 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6884
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
6885 - `ff-file-created-hooks'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6886 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6887
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6888 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6889 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6890
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6891 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
6892 Visit the file you click on in another window." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6893
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6894 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6895
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6896 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6897 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6898 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6899 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6900 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect) "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el"
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
6901 ;;;;;; (14814 33058))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6902 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6903
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6904 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6905 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6906
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6907 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6908 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6909 not selected.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6910
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6911 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6912 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6913 in `load-path'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6914
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6915 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6916 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6917
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6918 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6919 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6920 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6921 it is one of the current buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6922
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6923 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6924 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6925 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6926
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6927 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6928 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6929
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6930 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6931
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6932 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6933 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6934
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6935 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6936
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6937 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6938 Return a pair `(buffer . point)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6939
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6940 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6941 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6942 not selected.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6943
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6944 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6945 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6946
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6947 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6948 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6949
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6950 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6951 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6952 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6953 it is one of the current buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6954
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6955 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6956 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6957 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6958
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6959 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6960 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6961
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6962 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6963
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6964 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6965 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6966
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6967 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6968
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6969 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6970 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6971 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6972
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6973 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6974 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6975
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6976 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6977 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6978
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6979 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6980 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6981
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6982 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6983
28530
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6984 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
6985 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (14747 44772))
28530
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6986 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6987
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6988 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6989 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer." t nil)
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6990
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6991 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6992 Display FILE's commentary section.
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6993 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'." t nil)
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6994
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6995 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6996 Find packages matching a given keyword." t nil)
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6997
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6998 ;;;***
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6999
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7000 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7001 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (12550 54450))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7002 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7003
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7004 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7005 Toggle flow control handling.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7006 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7007 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7008
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7009 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7010 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7011 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7012 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7013 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7014 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7015
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7016 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7017
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7018 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-mode-off flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7019 ;;;;;; flyspell-mode-line-string) "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el"
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
7020 ;;;;;; (14720 7116))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7021 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7022
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7023 (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7024 *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7025 Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.")
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7026
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7027 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7028 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7029
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7030 (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7031
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7032 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7033 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7034 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7035 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7036 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7037 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7038
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7039 Bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7040 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7041 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7042 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7043
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7044 Hooks:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7045 flyspell-mode-hook is run after flyspell is entered.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7046
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7047 Remark:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7048 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7049 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7050 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7051
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7052 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7053 consider adding:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7054 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7055 in your .emacs file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7056
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7057 flyspell-region checks all words inside a region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7058
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7059 flyspell-buffer checks the whole buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7060
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7061 (if (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode)) (or (assoc (quote flyspell-mode) minor-mode-alist) (setq minor-mode-alist (cons (quote (flyspell-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)) minor-mode-alist))) (or (assoc (quote flyspell-mode) minor-mode-map-alist) (setq minor-mode-map-alist (cons (cons (quote flyspell-mode) flyspell-mode-map) minor-mode-map-alist))))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7062
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7063 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7064 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7065
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7066 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7067
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7068 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7069 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7070 ;;;;;; (14392 8635))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7071 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7072
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7073 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7074 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7075
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7076 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7077 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7078
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7079 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7080 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7081
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7082 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7083 of two major techniques:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7084
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7085 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7086 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7087 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7088
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7089 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7090 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7091 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7092 movement commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7093
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7094 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7095 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7096 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7097 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7098 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7099 mileage may vary).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7100
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7101 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7102 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7103
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7104 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7105
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7106 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7107 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7108 \(This is the default.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7109
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7110 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7111 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7112
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7113 Keys specific to Follow mode:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7114 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7115
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7116 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7117 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7118
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7119 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7120 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7121 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7122 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7123 two windows always will display two successive pages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7124 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7125
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7126 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7127 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7128 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7129
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7130 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7131 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7132 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7133
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7134 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7135
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7136 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer global-font-lock-mode
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
7137 ;;;;;; global-font-lock-mode font-lock-remove-keywords font-lock-add-keywords
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
7138 ;;;;;; turn-on-font-lock font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "font-lock.el"
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
7139 ;;;;;; (14829 31693))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7140 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7141
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
7142 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote font-lock-defaults))
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
7143
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7144 (defvar font-lock-mode-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7145 Function or functions to run on entry to Font Lock mode.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7146
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7147 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7148 Toggle Font Lock mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7149 With arg, turn Font Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive.
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
7150 \(Font Lock is also known as \"syntax highlighting\".)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7151
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7152 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7153
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7154 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7155 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7156 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7157 value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7158
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
7159 To customize the faces (colors, fonts, etc.) used by Font Lock for
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
7160 fontifying different parts of buffer text, use \\[customize-face].
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
7161
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7162 You can enable Font Lock mode in any major mode automatically by turning on in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7163 the major mode's hook. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7164
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7165 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7166
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7167 Alternatively, you can use Global Font Lock mode to automagically turn on Font
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7168 Lock mode in buffers whose major mode supports it and whose major mode is one
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7169 of `font-lock-global-modes'. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7170
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7171 (global-font-lock-mode t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7172
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7173 There are a number of support modes that may be used to speed up Font Lock mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7174 in various ways, specified via the variable `font-lock-support-mode'. Where
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7175 major modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7176 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7177 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7178 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7179
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7180 For example, to specify that Font Lock mode use use Lazy Lock mode as a support
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7181 mode and use maximum levels of fontification, put in your ~/.emacs:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7182
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7183 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7184 (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7185
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7186 To add your own highlighting for some major mode, and modify the highlighting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7187 selected automatically via the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration', you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7188 use `font-lock-add-keywords'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7189
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7190 To fontify a buffer, without turning on Font Lock mode and regardless of buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7191 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7192
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7193 To fontify a block (the function or paragraph containing point, or a number of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7194 lines around point), perhaps because modification on the current line caused
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7195 syntactic change on other lines, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7196
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7197 See the variable `font-lock-defaults-alist' for the Font Lock mode default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7198 settings. You can set your own default settings for some mode, by setting a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7199 buffer local value for `font-lock-defaults', via its mode hook." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7200
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7201 (autoload (quote turn-on-font-lock) "font-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7202 Turn on Font Lock mode conditionally.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7203 Turn on only if the terminal can display it." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7204
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7205 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
7206 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
7207 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7208 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7209 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7210 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7211 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7212 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7213 end of the current highlighting list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7214
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7215 For example:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7216
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7217 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7218 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7219 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7220
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7221 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7222 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7223
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7224 Note that some modes have specialised support for additional patterns, e.g.,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7225 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7226 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7227
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
7228 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
7229 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
7230
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
7231 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7232 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer." nil nil)
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
7233
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7234 (autoload (quote global-font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7235 Toggle Global Font Lock mode.
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
7236 \(Font Lock is also known as \"syntax highlighting\".)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7237 With prefix ARG, turn Global Font Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7238 Displays a message saying whether the mode is on or off if MESSAGE is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7239 Returns the new status of Global Font Lock mode (non-nil means on).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7240
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7241 When Global Font Lock mode is enabled, Font Lock mode is automagically
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
7242 turned on in a buffer if its major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
7243
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
7244 To customize the faces (colors, fonts, etc.) used by Font Lock for
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
7245 highlighting different parts of buffer text, use \\[customize-face]." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7246
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7247 (defvar global-font-lock-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7248 Toggle Global Font Lock mode.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7249 When Global Font Lock mode is enabled, Font Lock mode is automagically
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7250 turned on in a buffer if its major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7251 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7252 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-font-lock-mode'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7253
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7254 (custom-add-to-group (quote font-lock) (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7255
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7256 (custom-add-load (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote font-lock))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7257
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7258 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
7259 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7260
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7261 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7262
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7263 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el"
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
7264 ;;;;;; (14830 53156))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7265 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7266
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7267 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7268 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7269 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7270 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ...
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7271 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7272
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
7273 Optional 2nd argument is ignored. It exists just for backward
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
7274 compatibility.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7275
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7276 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7277 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7278
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7279 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7280
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7281 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7282
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
7283 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (14517
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
7284 ;;;;;; 9680))
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7285 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7286
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7287 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7288 Toggle footnote minor mode.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7289 \\<message-mode-map>
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7290 key binding
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7291 --- -------
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7292
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7293 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7294 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7295 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7296 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7297 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7298 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7299 " t nil)
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7300
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7301 ;;;***
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7302
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7303 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
7304 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (14381 57540))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7305 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7306
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7307 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7308 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7309
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7310 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7311 TAB forms-next-field TAB
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7312 C-c TAB forms-next-field
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7313 C-c < forms-first-record <
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7314 C-c > forms-last-record >
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7315 C-c ? describe-mode ?
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7316 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7317 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7318 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7319 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7320 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7321 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7322 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7323 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7324 C-c C-x forms-exit x
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7325 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7326
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7327 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7328 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7329
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7330 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7331 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7332
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7333 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7334
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7335 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7336 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (14798 40436))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7337 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7338
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7339 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7340 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7341 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7342 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7343 with a character in column 6.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7344
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7345 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7346 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7347 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7348 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7349
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7350 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7351 Fortran keywords.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7352
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7353 Key definitions:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7354 \\{fortran-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7355
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7356 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7357
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7358 `comment-start'
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7359 If you want to use comments starting with `!',
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7360 set this to the string \"!\".
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7361 `fortran-do-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7362 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7363 `fortran-if-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7364 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7365 `fortran-structure-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7366 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7367 (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7368 `fortran-continuation-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7369 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7370 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7371 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7372 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7373 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7374 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7375 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7376 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7377 (for TAB format continuation style).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7378 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7379 indentation for a line of code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7380 (default 'fixed)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7381 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7382 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7383 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7384 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7385 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7386 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7387 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7388 `fortran-line-number-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7389 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7390 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7391 column 5. (default 1)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7392 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7393 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7394 statements. (default nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7395 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7396 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7397 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7398 statement. (default nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7399 `fortran-continuation-string'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7400 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7401 line. (default \"$\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7402 `fortran-comment-region'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7403 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7404 region. (default \"c$$$\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7405 `fortran-electric-line-number'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7406 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7407 as typed. (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7408 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
7409 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7410 (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7411
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7412 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7413 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7414
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7415 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7416
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7417 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
7418 ;;;;;; (14811 40477))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7419 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7420
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7421 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7422 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7423
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7424 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7425 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7426
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7427 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7428 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7429 function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7430
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7431 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7432 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7433 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
7434 `comment-start' syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
7435 pair are considered to be `comment-start' and `comment-end' respectively.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7436 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7437
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7438 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7439 Each keyword should be a string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7440
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7441 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7442 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7443
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
7444 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to `auto-mode-alist'.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
7445 These regexps are added to `auto-mode-alist' as soon as `define-generic-mode'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7446 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7447
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7448 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7449
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7450 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7451
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7452 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7453 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7454 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7455 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7456
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7457 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7458 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7459
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7460 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7461
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7462 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
7463 ;;;;;; (14746 24126))
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7464 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7465
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7466 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7467 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7468 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7469 at places they belong to." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7470
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7471 ;;;***
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7472
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7473 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
7474 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (14842 10645))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7475 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7476
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7477 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7478 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7479
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7480 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7481 Read network news.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7482 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7483 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7484 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7485 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7486 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7487
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7488 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7489 Read news as a slave." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7490
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7491 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7492 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7493
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7494 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7495 Read network news.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7496 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7497 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7498 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7499
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7500 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7501
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7502 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7503 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
7504 ;;;;;; (14842 10643))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7505 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7506
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7507 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7508 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7509
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7510 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7511 Start Gnus plugged." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7512
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7513 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7514 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7515 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7516 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7517
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7518 \(gnus-agentize)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7519
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7520 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7521 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7522 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7523
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7524 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7525 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7526
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7527 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7528
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7529 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7530
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7531 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
7532 ;;;;;; (14842 36876))
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7533 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7534
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7535 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7536 Make the current buffer look like a nice article." nil nil)
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7537
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7538 ;;;***
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7539
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7540 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
7541 ;;;;;; (14813 58974))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7542 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7543
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7544 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
7545 Play a sound FILE through the speaker." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7546
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7547 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7548
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7549 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7550 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (14792
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7551 ;;;;;; 2675))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7552 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7553
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7554 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7555 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7556
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7557 Usage:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7558 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7559
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7560 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7561 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7562
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7563 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7564 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7565
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7566 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7567
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7568 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
7569 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (14842 10645))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7570 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7571
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7572 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7573 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7574 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7575
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7576 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7577 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7578
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7579 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7580
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7581 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
7582 ;;;;;; (14813 6105))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7583 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7584
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7585 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7586
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7587 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7588 Run batched scoring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7589 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7590
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7591 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7592
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7593 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7594 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7595 ;;;;;; (14791 27226))
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7596 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7597
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7598 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7599 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7600 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7601 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7602 group parameters.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7603
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7604 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7605 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7606 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7607 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook." t nil)
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7608
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7609 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7610 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7611 It does this by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil DEFAULTGROUP)." t nil)
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7612
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7613 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7614 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7615 See gnus-group-split-fancy for more information.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7616
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7617 If no group is defined as catch-all, the value of
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7618 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7619
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7620 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods." nil nil)
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7621
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7622 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7623 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail. It
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7624 can be embedded into nnmail-split-fancy lists with the SPLIT
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7625
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7626 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7627
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7628 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7629 be used to select candidate groups. If it is ommited or nil, all
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7630 existing groups are considered.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7631
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7632 if NO-CROSSPOST is ommitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7633 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7634 returned.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7635
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7636 if CATCH-ALL is not nil, and there is no selected group whose
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7637 SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is there a selected group
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7638 whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this group name will be appended to
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7639 the returned SPLIT list, as the last element in a '| SPLIT.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7640
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7641 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7642 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7643 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7644 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7645 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7646 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7647 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7648 clauses will be generated.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7649
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7650 For example, given the following group parameters:
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7651
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7652 nnml:mail.bar:
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7653 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7654 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7655 nnml:mail.foo:
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7656 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7657 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7658 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7659 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7660 nnml:mail.others:
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7661 \((split-spec . catch-all))
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7662
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7663 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.misc\") returns:
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7664
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7665 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7666 \"mail.bar\")
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7667 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7668 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7669 \"mail.others\")" nil nil)
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7670
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7671 ;;;***
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7672
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7673 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7674 ;;;;;; (14792 2677))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7675 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7676
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7677 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7678 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7679 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7680
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7681 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7682
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7683 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (14793
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7684 ;;;;;; 26123))
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7685 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7686
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7687 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7688 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7689 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7690 the Gcc: header for archiving purposes." t nil)
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7691
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7692 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7693
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7694 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7695
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
7696 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "gnus/gnus-mule.el"
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
7697 ;;;;;; (14842 10645))
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
7698 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
7699
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
7700 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
7701 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
7702 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
7703 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car part is used and the cdr
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
7704 part is ignored.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
7705
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
7706 This function exists for backward comaptibility with Emacs 20. It is
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
7707 recommended to customize the variable `gnus-group-charset-alist'
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
7708 rather than using this function." nil nil)
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
7709
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
7710 ;;;***
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
7711
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7712 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7713 ;;;;;; (14792 2677))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7714 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7715
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7716 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7717 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7718 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7719 for matching on group names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7720
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7721 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7722 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7723
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7724 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7725
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7726 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7727
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7728 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7729
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7730 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7731 ;;;;;; (14792 2677))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7732 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7733
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7734 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7735 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7736
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7737 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7738
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7739 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
7740 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (14841 19792))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7741 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7742
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7743 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7744 Unload all Gnus features.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7745 \(For some value of `all' or `Gnus'.) Currently, features whose names
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7746 have prefixes `gnus-', `nn', `mm-' or `rfc' are unloaded. Use
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7747 cautiously -- unloading may cause trouble." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7748
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7749 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7750 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7751
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7752 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7753
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7754 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7755 ;;;;;; (14792 2682))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7756 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7757
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7758 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7759 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7760
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7761 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7762
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
7763 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (14726 41839))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7764 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7765
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7766 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7767 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7768 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7769 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7770 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7771
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7772 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7773 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7774 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7775
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7776 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7777 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7778 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7779
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7780 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7781
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7782 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
7783 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (14747 44775))
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
7784 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7785
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7786 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7787 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7788 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7789 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7790 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7791
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7792 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7793 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7794 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7795 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7796 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7797
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7798 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7799 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7800 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7801 or to send e-mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7802 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7803
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7804 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7805 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7806
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7807 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7808
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7809 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (14300 2906))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7810 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7811
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7812 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7813 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7814 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7815 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7816 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7817
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7818 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7819
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7820 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
7821 ;;;;;; (14750 26818))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7822 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7823
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7824 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7825 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7826 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7827 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7828
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7829 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7830 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7831 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7832 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7833
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7834 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7835 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7836 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7837 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7838
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7839 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7840 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7841 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7842 and source-file directory for your debugger.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7843
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7844 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7845 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7846
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7847 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7848 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7849 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7850 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7851
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7852 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7853 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7854 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7855 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7856
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7857 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7858 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer. The buffer is named
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7859 \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7860 if there is. If the \"-classpath\" switch is given, omit all whitespace
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7861 between it and it's value." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7862 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7863
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7864 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7865
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
7866 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (14638
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
7867 ;;;;;; 40782))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7868 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7869
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7870 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7871 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7872 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7873 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7874
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7875 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7876 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7877 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7878 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7879
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7880 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7881
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7882 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
7883 ;;;;;; (14539 53714))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7884 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7885
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7886 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7887 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7888
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7889 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7890 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7891 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7892 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7893
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7894 Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7895
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7896 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7897 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7898 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7899 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7900 to be updated." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7901
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7902 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7903
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7904 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7905 ;;;;;; (14264 39262))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7906 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7907
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7908 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7909 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7910 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7911 and window listing and describing the options.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7912 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7913 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7914
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7915 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7916
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7917 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7918 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (14518 32866))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7919 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7920
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7921 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7922 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7923
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7924 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7925 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7926
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7927 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7928
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7929 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
7930 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (14821 33060))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7931 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7932
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7933 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7934 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7935 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7936 if the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7937 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7938
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7939 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7940 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7941
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7942 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7943 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7944 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7945 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7946
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7947 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7948 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7949 periods.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7950
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7951 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7952 in hexl format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7953
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7954 A sample format:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7955
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7956 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7957 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7958 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7959 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7960 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7961 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7962 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7963 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7964 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7965 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7966 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7967 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7968 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7969 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7970 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7971
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7972 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7973 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7974 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7975
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7976 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7977 also supported.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7978
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7979 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7980
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7981 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7982 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7983 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7984
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7985 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7986 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7987 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7988
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7989 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7990 into the buffer at the current point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7991
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7992 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7993 into the buffer at the current point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7994
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7995 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7996 into the buffer at the current point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7997
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7998 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7999
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8000 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8001 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8002
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8003 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8004
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8005 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8006
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8007 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8008 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8009 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8010
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8011 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8012 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8013 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8014
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8015 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8016
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8017 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8018 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer hi-lock-mode
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
8019 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (14792 36880))
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8020 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8021
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8022 (defgroup hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting nil "Interactively add and remove font-lock patterns for highlighting text." :group (quote faces))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8023
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8024 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8025 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8026
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8027 (custom-add-to-group (quote hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting) (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8028
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8029 (custom-add-load (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote hi-lock))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8030
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8031 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8032 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8033
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8034 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8035 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock turned on an \"Automatic Highlighting\"
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8036 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8037 which can be called interactively, are:
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8038
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8039 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8040 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8041
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8042 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8043 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8044
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8045 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8046 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8047
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8048 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8049 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8050 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8051 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8052 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8053 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8054
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8055 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8056 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8057
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8058 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8059 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8060 Hi-lock: FOO
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8061 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8062 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8063 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8064 will be read until
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8065 Hi-lock: end
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8066 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8067
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8068 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8069
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8070 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8071 Set face of all lines containing matches of REGEXP to FACE.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8072
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8073 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8074 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8075 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8076 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8077
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8078 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8079
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8080 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8081 Set face of all matches of REGEXP to FACE.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8082
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8083 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8084 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8085 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8086 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8087
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8088 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8089
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8090 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8091 Remove highlighting of matches to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8092
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8093 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8094 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8095 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8096 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8097 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)" t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8098
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8099 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8100 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8101
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8102 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8103 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8104 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8105
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8106 ;;;***
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8107
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8108 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
8109 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (14745 16483))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8110 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8111
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8112 (defvar hide-ifdef-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8113 Non-nil when hide-ifdef-mode is activated.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8114
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8115 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8116 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8117 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8118 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8119 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8120 how the hiding is done:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8121
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8122 hide-ifdef-env
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8123 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8124 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8125 is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8126
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8127 hide-ifdef-define-alist
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8128 An association list of defined symbol lists.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8129 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8130 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8131 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8132
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8133 hide-ifdef-lines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8134 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8135 #endif lines when hiding.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8136
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8137 hide-ifdef-initially
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8138 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8139 is activated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8140
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8141 hide-ifdef-read-only
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8142 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8143 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8144
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8145 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8146
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8147 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8148 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8149
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8150 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8151 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8152
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8153 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8154 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8155
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8156 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8157
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8158 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
8159 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (14798 40437))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8160 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8161
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8162 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8163 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8164
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8165 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8166 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8167 Each element has the form
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8168 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8169
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8170 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8171 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8172
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8173 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8174 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8175
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8176 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8177 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8178 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8179 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8180 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8181
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8182 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8183 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8184
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8185 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8186 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8187
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8188 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8189 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8190 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8191
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8192 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8193 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8194 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8195 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8196 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8197 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8198
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8199 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
8200 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8201 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8202
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8203 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8204 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8205
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
8206 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
8207
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8208 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8209 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8210
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8211 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8212
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8213 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8214 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8215 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
8216 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (14750 33582))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8217 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8218
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8219 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8220
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8221 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8222 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8223 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8224
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8225 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8226 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8227
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8228 Without an argument:
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8229 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8230 or passive state as determined by the variable
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8231 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8232 and passive state.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8233
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8234 With an argument ARG:
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8235 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8236 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8237 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8238
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8239 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8240 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8241 not displayed in a different face.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8242
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8243 Functions:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8244 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8245 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8246 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8247 buffer with the contents of a file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8248 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8249 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8250 various faces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8251
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8252 Hook variables:
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8253 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8254 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8255 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8256
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8257 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8258 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8259
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8260 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8261 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8262
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8263 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8264 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8265
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8266 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8267 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8268 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8269 shown in the last face in the list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8270
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8271 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8272 by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8273 buffer to be saved):
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8274
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8275 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)" t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8276
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8277 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8278 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8279
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8280 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8281 and must not be read-only.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8282
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8283 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8284 this function is called interactively.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8285
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8286 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8287 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8288 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8289
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8290 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8291 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8292 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8293
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8294 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8295 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8296
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8297 When called interactively:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8298 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8299 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8300 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8301 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8302
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8303 When called from a program:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8304 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8305 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8306 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8307 - otherwise just turn it on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8308
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8309 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8310 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8311 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8312 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8313
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8314 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8315
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8316 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8317 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8318 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
8319 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8320 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (14735 57398))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8321 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8322
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8323 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8324 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8325 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8326 or insert functions in this list.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8327
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8328 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8329 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8330
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8331 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8332 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8333
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8334 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8335 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8336
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8337 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8338 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8339
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8340 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8341 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8342 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8343
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8344 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8345 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8346 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8347 \(as atoms)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8348
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8349 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8350 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8351 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8352 \(as atoms). If non-NIL, this variable overrides the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8353 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8354
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8355 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8356 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8357 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8358 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8359 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8360 expansions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8361 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8362 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8363 undoes the expansion." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8364
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8365 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8366 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8367 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8368 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8369
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8370 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8371
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
8372 ;;;### (autoloads (hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (14798 40431))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8373 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8374
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8375 (defvar hl-line-mode nil "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8376 Toggle Hl-Line mode.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8377 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8378 use either \\[customize] or the function `hl-line-mode'.")
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8379
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8380 (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8381
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8382 (custom-add-load (quote hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8383
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8384 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8385 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8386 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8387 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8388 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8389
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8390 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8391
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8392 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8393 ;;;;;; (13462 53924))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8394 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8395
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8396 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8397 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8398
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8399 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8400 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8401
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8402 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8403
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8404 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8405
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8406 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8407 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "hscroll.el" (14671 47520))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8408 ;;; Generated autoloads from hscroll.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8409
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8410 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8411 This function is obsolete." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8412
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8413 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8414 This function is absolete." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8415
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8416 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8417 This function is absolete." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8418
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8419 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8420
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8421 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8422 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (14636 62704))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8423 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8424
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8425 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8426 Activate incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8427 Deactivates with negative universal argument." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8428
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8429 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8430 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8431 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8432
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8433 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8434
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
8435 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (14816 63837))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8436 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8437
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8438 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8439 Major mode for editing Icon code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8440 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8441 Tab indents for Icon code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8442 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8443 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8444 \\{icon-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8445 Variables controlling indentation style:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8446 icon-tab-always-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8447 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8448 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8449 icon-auto-newline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8450 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8451 inserted in Icon code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8452 icon-indent-level
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8453 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8454 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8455 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8456 icon-continued-statement-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8457 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8458 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8459 icon-continued-brace-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8460 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8461 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8462 icon-brace-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8463 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8464 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8465 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8466 this far to the right of the start of its line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8467
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8468 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8469 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8470
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8471 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8472
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8473 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8474 ;;;;;; (14735 57460))
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8475 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8476
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8477 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8478 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8479 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8480 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8481
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8482 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8483 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8484 separate frames.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8485
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8486 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name'.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8487
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8488 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8489 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8490 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8491
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8492 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8493
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8494 ;;;***
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8495
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8496 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8497 ;;;;;; (14671 47574))
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8498 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8499
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8500 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8501 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8502
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8503 The main features of this mode are
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8504
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8505 1. Indentation and Formatting
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8506 --------------------------
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8507 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8508 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8509
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8510 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This function can also
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8511 be used in the middle of a line to split the line at that point.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8512 When used inside a long constant string, the string is split at
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8513 that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8514
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8515 Comments are indented as follows:
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8516
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8517 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8518 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8519 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8520
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8521 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8522
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8523 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a comment. The indentation
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8524 of the second line of the paragraph relative to the first will be
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8525 retained. Use \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these comments.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8526 When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is nil, code
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8527 can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not recommended).
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8528
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8529 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8530 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs].
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8531 Then mark the entire buffer again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8532
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8533 2. Routine Info
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8534 ------------
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8535 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the accepted
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8536 keyword parameters of a procedure or function with \\[idlwave-routine-info].
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8537 \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the source file of a module.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8538 These commands know about system routines, all routines in idlwave-mode
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8539 buffers and (when the idlwave-shell is active) about all modules
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8540 currently compiled under this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8541 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8542
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8543 3. Online IDL Help
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8544 ---------------
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8545 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8546 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8547 stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8548 files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8549 be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8550
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8551 4. Completion
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8552 ----------
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8553 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8554 class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8555 figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword).
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8556 Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8557 mixed or upper case.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8558
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8559 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8560 --------------------------------
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8561 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8562 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8563
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8564 \\pr PROCEDURE template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8565 \\fu FUNCTION template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8566 \\c CASE statement template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8567 \\f FOR loop template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8568 \\r REPEAT Loop template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8569 \\w WHILE loop template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8570 \\i IF statement template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8571 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8572 \\b BEGIN
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8573
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8574 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8575 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8576
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8577 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8578 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8579 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8580
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8581 6. Automatic Case Conversion
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8582 -------------------------
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8583 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8584 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8585
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8586 7. Automatic END completion
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8587 ------------------------
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8588 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8589 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8590
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8591 8. Hooks
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8592 -----
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8593 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8594 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8595
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8596 9. Documentation and Customization
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8597 -------------------------------
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8598 Info documentation for this package is available. Use \\[idlwave-info]
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8599 to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does not work).
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8600 For Postscript and HTML versions of the documentation, check IDLWAVE's
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8601 homepage at `http://www.strw.leidenuniv.nl/~dominik/Tools/idlwave'.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8602 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8603
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8604 10.Keybindings
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8605 -----------
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8606 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8607 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8608 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8609
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8610 \\{idlwave-mode-map}" t nil)
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8611
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8612 ;;;***
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8613
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
8614 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (14819 42852))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8615 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8616 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8617
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8618 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8619 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8620 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8621
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8622 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8623
28724
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8624 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8625 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
8626 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (14812 24473))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8627 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8628
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8629 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8630 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8631 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8632 be determined." nil nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8633
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8634 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8635 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8636 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8637 be determined." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8638
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8639 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8640 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8641 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8642
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8643 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8644 Create an image.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8645 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8646 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8647 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8648 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8649 use its file extension.as image type.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8650 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8651 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
8652 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8653 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8654
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8655 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8656 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8657 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8658 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8659 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8660 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8661 POS may be an integer or marker.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8662 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8663 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8664 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8665 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8666
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8667 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8668 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8669 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8670 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8671 defaulted if you omit it.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8672 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8673 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8674 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8675 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8676
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8677 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8678 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8679 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8680 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8681
28724
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8682 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8683 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8684
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8685 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
28724
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8686
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8687 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8688 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8689 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8690 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8691 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8692 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8693 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8694 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8695 satisfied.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8696
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8697 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'." nil nil)
28724
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8698
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8699 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8700 Define SYMBOL as an image.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8701
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8702 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8703 documentation string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8704
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8705 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8706 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8707 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8708 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8709 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8710 string containing the actual image data. The first image
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8711 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8712 define SYMBOL.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8713
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8714 Example:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8715
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8716 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8717 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8718
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8719 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8720
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
8721 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
8722 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
8723 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (14822 58259))
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
8724 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
8725
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
8726 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm")) "\
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
8727 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
8728 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
8729 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
8730
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
8731 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
8732 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
8733 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically the
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
8734 variable is set using \\[customize].")
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
8735
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
8736 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
8737 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
8738 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
8739 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
8740
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
8741 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
8742 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
8743 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically the
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
8744 variable is set using \\[customize].")
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
8745
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
8746 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
8747 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames." nil nil)
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
8748
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
8749 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
8750 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
8751 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
8752 the command `insert-file-contents'." nil nil)
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
8753
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
8754 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
8755 Toggle Auto-Image-File mode.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
8756 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
8757 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
8758
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
8759 (custom-add-to-group (quote image) (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote custom-variable))
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
8760
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
8761 (custom-add-load (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote image-file))
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
8762
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
8763 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
8764 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
8765 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
8766 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
8767
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
8768 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
8769 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
8770 `image-file-name-regexps'." t nil)
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
8771
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
8772 ;;;***
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
8773
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8774 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
8775 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (14837 50473))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8776 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8777
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8778 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8779 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8780
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8781 Affects only the mouse index menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8782
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8783 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8784 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8785 in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8786
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8787 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8788
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8789 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8790 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8791 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8792
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8793 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8794 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8795
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8796 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8797 to create a buffer index.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8798
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8799 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8800 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8801 or like this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8802 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8803 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8804 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8805 of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8806 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8807
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8808 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8809 entries are not nested.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8810
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8811 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8812 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8813 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8814 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8815
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8816 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8817 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8818
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8819 The variable is buffer-local.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8820
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8821 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8822 regexp matches are case sensitive. and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8823 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8824
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8825 For example, see the value of `lisp-imenu-generic-expression' used by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8826 `lisp-mode' and `emacs-lisp-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8827 locally to give the characters which normally have \"punctuation\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8828 syntax \"word\" syntax during matching.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8830 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8831
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8832 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8833 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8834
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8835 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8836 of the current buffer as an alist.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8837
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8838 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8839 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8840 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8841 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8842 if it is a sub-alist.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8843
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8844 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8845
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8846 The variable is buffer-local.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8847
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8848 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8849
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8850 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8851 Function for finding the next index position.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8852
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8853 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8854 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8855 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8856 file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8857
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8858 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8859 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8860
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8861 This variable is local in all buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8862
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8863 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8864
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8865 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8866 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8867
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8868 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8869 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8870 It should return the name for that index item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8871
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8872 This variable is local in all buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8873
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8874 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8875
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8876 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8877 Function to compare string with index item.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8878
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8879 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8880 non-nil if they match.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8881
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8882 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8883 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8884 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8885 arguments match\".
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8886
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8887 This variable is local in all buffers.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8888
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8889 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8890
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8891 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8892 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8893 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8894
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8895 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8896
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8897 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8898
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8899 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8900 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8901 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8902 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8903
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8904 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8905 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8906
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8907 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8908
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8909 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8910 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8911 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8912 for more information." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8913
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8914 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8915
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8916 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
8917 ;;;;;; (14819 42855))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8918 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8919
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8920 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8921 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8922 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
8923 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8924 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8925
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8926 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8927 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8928
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8929 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8930 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8931 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8932 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8933 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8934 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8935 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8936 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8937
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8938 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8939 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8940 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
8941 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8942 Inferior Lisp buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8943
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8944 This variable is only used if the variable
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8945 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8946
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8947 More precise choices:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8948 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8949 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8950 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8951
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8952 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8953
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8954 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8955 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8956
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8957 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8958 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8959 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8960 to that buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8961 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8962 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8963 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8964 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8965 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8966
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8967 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8968
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8969 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8970
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8971 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8972 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-directory info-standalone
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
8973 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (14836 27426))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8974 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8975
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8976 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8977 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8978 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8979
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8980 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8981 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8982 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8983 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8984 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8985 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8986
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8987 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8988 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8989
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8990 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8991 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8992 in all the directories in that path." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8993
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8994 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8995 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8996 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8997 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8998
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8999 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
9000 Go to the Info directory node." t nil)
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
9001
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9002 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9003 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9004 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9005 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9006 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9007
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9008 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9009 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual the command bound to KEY, a string.
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9010 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9011 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9012 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9013 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9014
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9015 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9016 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9017 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9018
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9019 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9020
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9021 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9022 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9023 ;;;;;; (14712 9626))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9024 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9025
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9026 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9027 Throw away all cached data.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9028 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9029 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9030 system." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9031
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9032 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9033 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9034 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9035 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9036 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9037 The default symbol is the one found at point.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9038
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9039 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9040
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9041 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9042 Display the documentation of a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9043 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9044 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9045 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9046 The default file name is the one found at point.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9047
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9048 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9049
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9050 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9051 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9052
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9053 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9054 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9055
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9056 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9057
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9058 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9059 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (14281 34724))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9060 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9061
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9062 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9063 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9064
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9065 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9066 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9067 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9068
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9069 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9070 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9071 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9072
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9073 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9074 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9075 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9076 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9077
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9078 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9079 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9080 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9081
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9082 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9083 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9084 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9085 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9086 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9087
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9088 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9089
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9090 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9091 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9092 ;;;;;; (14837 50475))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9093 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9094
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9095 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9096 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9097
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9098 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9099 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9100
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9101 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9102
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9103 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9104
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9105 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9106 ;;;;;; (14388 11031))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9107 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9108
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9109 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9110 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9111 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9112 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9113 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9114 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9115
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9116 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9117 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9118
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9119 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9120 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9121 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9122 \"s gives German sharp s.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9123 /a gives a with ring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9124 /e gives an a-e ligature.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9125 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9126 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9127 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9128
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9129 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9130 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9131
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9132 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9133
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9134 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
9135 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
9136 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
9137 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (14564 29908))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9138 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9139
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9140 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9141 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9142 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9143 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9144 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9145
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9146 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9147 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9148 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9149 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9150 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9151
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9152 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9153 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9154 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9155 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9156 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9157
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9158 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9159 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9160 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9161 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9162 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9163
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9164 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9165 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9166 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9167 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9168 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9169
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9170 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9171 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9172 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9173 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9174 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9175
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9176 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9177 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9178 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9179 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9180 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9181
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
9182 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
9183 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
9184 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
9185 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
9186 `format-alist')." t nil)
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
9187
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
9188 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
9189 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
9190 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
9191 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
9192 `format-alist')." t nil)
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
9193
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9194 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9195 Warn that format is read-only." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9196
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9197 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9198 Warn that format is write-only." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9199
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9200 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9201 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9202
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9203 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9204
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9205 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9206 ;;;;;; (14716 17385))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9207 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9208 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9209 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9210 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9211
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9212 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9213
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9214 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9215 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9216 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9217 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist ispell-local-dictionary-alist
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9218 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
9219 ;;;;;; (14832 14721))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9220 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9221
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
9222 (defconst xemacsp (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version) "\
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
9223 Non nil if using XEmacs.")
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
9224
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
9225 (defconst version18p (string-match "18\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
9226 Non nil if using emacs version 18.")
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
9227
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
9228 (defconst version20p (string-match "20\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
9229 Non nil if using emacs version 20.")
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
9230
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9231 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9232 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9233 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9234 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9235
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9236 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9237 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9238 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9239
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
9240 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil ("-d" "brasileiro") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9241
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9242 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9243
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
9244 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1))))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
9245
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
9246 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9247
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9248 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9249
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
9250 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "portugues") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9251
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9252 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9253 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9254
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9255 Each element of this list is also a list:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9256
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9257 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9258 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9259
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9260 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9261 nil means the default dictionary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9262
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9263 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9264 word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9265
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9266 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9267
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9268 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9269 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9270 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9271 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9272 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9273 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9274 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9275 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9276 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9277
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9278 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9279 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9280 single word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9281
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9282 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9283 subprocess.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9284
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9285 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9286 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9287 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9288 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9289 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9290 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9291 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9292 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9293
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9294 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9295
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9296 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9297 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9298 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9299
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9300 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9301 Key map for ispell menu.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9302
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9303 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9304 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9305 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9306 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9307
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
9308 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not version18p) (not xemacsp) (quote reload)))
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
9309
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
9310 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (path (and (boundp (quote ispell-library-path)) ispell-library-path)) name load-dict) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 (car dicts))))) dicts (cdr dicts)) (cond ((not (stringp name)) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (quote default)) (cons "Select Default Dict" (cons "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "default")))))) ((or (not path) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".has")) (and load-dict (or (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".has"))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) name)))))))))
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
9311
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
9312 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit path to dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
9313
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
9314 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
9315
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
9316 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
9317
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
9318 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(-+\\|\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\|~\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9319 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9320 The alist key must be a regular expression.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9321 Valid forms include:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9322 (KEY) - just skip the key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9323 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9324 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9325 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9326
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
9327 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9328 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9329 First list is used raw.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9330 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9331
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9332 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9333 for skipping in latex mode.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9334
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9335 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9336
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9337 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9338 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9339 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9340 in a window allowing you to choose one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9341
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9342 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9343 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9344 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9345 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9346 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9347
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9348 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9349 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9350
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9351 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9352
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9353 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
9354 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
9355
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
9356 return values:
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
9357 nil word is correct or spelling is accpeted.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
9358 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
9359 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
9360 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
9361 quit spell session exited." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9362
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9363 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9364 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9365
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9366 Selections are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9367
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9368 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9369 SPC: Accept word this time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9370 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9371 `a': Accept word for this session.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9372 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9373 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9374 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9375 `?': Show these commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9376 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9377 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9378 the aborted check to be completed later.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9379 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9380 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9381 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9382 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9383 `C-l': redraws screen
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9384 `C-r': recursive edit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9385 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9386
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9387 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9388 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9389 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9390
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9391 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9392 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9393 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9394
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9395 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9396
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9397 With prefix argument, set the default directory." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9398
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9399 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9400 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
9401 Return nil if spell session is quit,
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
9402 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9403
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9404 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9405 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9406
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9407 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9408 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9409
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9410 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9411 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9412
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9413 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9414 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words')
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9415 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9416 sequence inside of a word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9417
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9418 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9419
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9420 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9421 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9422
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9423 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9424 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
9425 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9426 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9427
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9428 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9429 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9430 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
9431
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9432 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9433 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9434
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9435 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9436 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9437
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9438 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9439 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9440 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9441 Don't check included messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9442
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9443 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9444 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9445 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9446
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9447 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9448 in your .emacs file:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9449 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9450 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9451 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9452 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9453
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9454 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9455 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9456 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9457
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9458 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9459
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9460 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9461 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9462 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el"
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
9463 ;;;;;; (14816 63828))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9464 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9465
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9466 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9467 Toggle Iswitchb mode.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9468 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9469 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9470
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9471 (custom-add-to-group (quote iswitchb) (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9472
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9473 (custom-add-load (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote iswitchb))
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9474
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9475 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9476 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9477 Return the name of a buffer selected.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9478 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9479 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9480 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9481
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9482 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9483 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9484 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9485 adds a hook to the minibuffer.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9486
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9487 Obsolescent. Use `iswitchb-mode'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9488
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9489 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9490 Switch to another buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9491
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9492 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9493 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9494 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9495 in another frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9496 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9497
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9498 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9499 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9500 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9501 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9502
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9503 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9504 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9505 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9506 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9507
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9508 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9509 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9510 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9511 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9512
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9513 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9514 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9515 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9516 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9517 `iswitchb' for details." t nil)
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9518
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9519 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9520
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9521 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9522 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
9523 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9524 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (14718 42200))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9525 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9526
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9527 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9528
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9529 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9530 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9531 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9532 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9533 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9534 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9535 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9536 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9537
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9538 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9539 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9540 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9541 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9542
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9543 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9544 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9545 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9546 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9547 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9548
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9549 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9550 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9551 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9552 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9553
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9554 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9555 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9556 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9557 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9558
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9559 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9560 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9561
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9562 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9563 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9564 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9565 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9566 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9567
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9568 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9569 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9570 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9571 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9572 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9573
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9574 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9575 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9576 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9577
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9578 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9579
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9580 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (14829
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
9581 ;;;;;; 31693))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9582 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9583
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9584 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9585 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9586 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9587 that needs to be (re)fontified.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9588 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful." nil nil)
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9589
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9590 ;;;***
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9591
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9592 ;;;### (autoloads (with-auto-compression-mode auto-compression-mode)
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
9593 ;;;;;; "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (14825 37999))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9594 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9595
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9596 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9597 Toggle Auto-Compression mode.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9598 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9599 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9600
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9601 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9602
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9603 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr))
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9604
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9605 (autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9606 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9607 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9608 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9609
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9610 (autoload (quote with-auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9611 Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled." nil (quote macro))
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9612
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9613 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9614
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9615 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9616 ;;;;;; (13866 35434))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9617 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9618
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9619 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9620 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9621 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9622
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9623 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9624 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9625 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9626 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9627 shorter.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9628
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9629 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9630 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9631 the context of text formatting." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9632
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9633 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9634
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
9635 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (14762
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9636 ;;;;;; 13574))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9637 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9638
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9639 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9640 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9641 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9642 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9643 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9644 positions that contains the current selection.")
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9645
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9646 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9647 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9648 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9649 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9650 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9651 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9652 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9653
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9654 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9655
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
9656 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
9657 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (14623 45991))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9658 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9659
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9660 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9661 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9662 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9663
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9664 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9665
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9666 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9667
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9668 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
9669 ;;;;;; (14747 44776))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9670 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9671
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9672 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9673
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9674 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9675 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9676
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9677 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9678
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9679 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9680 Start or resume an Lm game.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9681 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9682 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9683
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9684 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9685 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9686 none / 1 | yes | no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9687 2 | yes | yes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9688 3 | no | yes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9689 4 | no | no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9690
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9691 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9692 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9693 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9694
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9695 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9696
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
9697 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
9698 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
9699 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (14647 32047))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9700 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9701
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9702 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" nil nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9703
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9704 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9705 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9706 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9707 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9708 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9709 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9710
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9711 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9712 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9713
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9714 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9715 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9716
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9717 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9718 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9719 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9720 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9721 to compose.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9722
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9723 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9724
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
9725 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" nil t nil)
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
9726
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9727 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9728
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9729 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
9730 ;;;;;; (14842 10654))
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9731 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9732
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9733 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9734 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9735 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9736 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9737 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9738 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9739 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9740 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9741
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9742 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9743 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9744
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9745 (custom-add-to-group (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-display) (quote custom-variable))
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9746
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9747 (custom-add-load (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-disp))
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9748
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9749 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9750 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9751 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9752 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9753 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also `latin1-display-setup'." nil nil)
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9754
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9755 ;;;***
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9756
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9757 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
9758 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (14477 53252))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9759 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9760
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9761 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9762 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9763 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9764 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9765
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9766 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9767
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9768 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9769
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9770 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9771 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9772 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9773 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9774 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9775 for large buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9776
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9777 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9778 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9779 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9780 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9781 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9782
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9783 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9784 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9785 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9786 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9787 slow to keep up with your typing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9788
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9789 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9790 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9791 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9792 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9793 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9794 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9795
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9796 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9797 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9798 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9799 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9800
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9801 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9802 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9803 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9804 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9805
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9806 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9807 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9808 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9809 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9810 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9811
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9812 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9813 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9814
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9815 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9816
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9817 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
9818 ;;;;;; (14819 42852))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9819 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9820
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9821 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9822 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9823
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9824 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9825 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9826
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9827 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9828 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9830 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9831 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9832 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9833 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9834 for later transmission to Lisp job.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9835 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9836 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9837 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9838 and transmit saved text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9839 \\{ledit-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9840 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9841 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9842
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9843 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9844
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9845 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9846
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9847 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (13578 3356))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9848 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9849
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9850 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9851 Run Conway's Life simulation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9852 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9853 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9854 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9855
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9856 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9857
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9858 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (14789
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9859 ;;;;;; 22295))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9860 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9861
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9862 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9863 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
9864 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9865 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9866
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9867 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9868
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9869 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
9870 ;;;;;; (14763 31121))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9871 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9872
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9873 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
9874 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
9875 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9877 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9878 Run the locate command with a filter.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9879
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9880 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9881 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9882
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9883 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9884
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
9885 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (14837 50473))
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9886 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9887
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9888 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9889 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9890 The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9891 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9892 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9893 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9894 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9895 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit." nil nil)
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9896
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9897 ;;;***
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9898
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
9899 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (14631
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
9900 ;;;;;; 42770))
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9901 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9902
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9903 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
9904 Major mode for browsing CVS log output." t nil)
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9905
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9906 ;;;***
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9907
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9908 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9909 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (14693
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9910 ;;;;;; 49864))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9911 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9912
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9913 (defvar printer-name (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "PRN") "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9914 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9915 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9916
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9917 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9918 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9919
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9920 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9921 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9922 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9923 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9924 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9925 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9926 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9927
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9928 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9929 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9930 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9931 switch on this list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9932 See `lpr-command'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9933
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9934 (defvar lpr-command (cond ((memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "") ((memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))) "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9935 *Name of program for printing a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9936
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9937 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9938 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9939 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9940 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9941 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9942 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9943 argument.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9944
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9945 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9946 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9947 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9948 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9949
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9950 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9951 Paginate and print buffer contents.
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9952
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9953 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9954 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9955 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9956 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9957
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9958 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9959 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9960
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9961 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9962 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9963
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9964 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9965 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9966 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9967 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9968
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9969 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9970 Paginate and print the region contents.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9971
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9972 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9973 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9974 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9975 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9976
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9977 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9978 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9979
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9980 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9981 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9982
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9983 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9984
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
9985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (14425 19316))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9986 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9987
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9988 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9989 *Non-nil means file patterns are treated as shell wildcards.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9990 nil means they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9991 This variable is checked by \\[insert-directory] only when `ls-lisp.el'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9992 package is used.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9993
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9994 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9995
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9996 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (13462
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9997 ;;;;;; 53924))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9998 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9999
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10000 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10001 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10002 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10003
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10004 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10005
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10006 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10007
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
10008 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (14720
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
10009 ;;;;;; 7115))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10010 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10011
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10012 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10013 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10014 \\{m4-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10015 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10016
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10017 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10018
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10019 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10020 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (13229 28845))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10021 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10022
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10023 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10024 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10025 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10026 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10027 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10028
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10029 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10030 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10031 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10032 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10033
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10034 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10035 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10036 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10037 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10038 bindings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10039
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10040 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10041 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10042
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10043 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10044 Query user during kbd macro execution.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10045 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10046 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10047 each time the macro executes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10048 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10049 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10050 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10051 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10052 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10053 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10054 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10055
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10056 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10057 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10058 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10059
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10060 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10061 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10062 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10063 execute.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10064
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10065 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10066 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10067
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10068 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10069 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10070 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10071 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10072 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10073
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10074 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10075 looked like this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10076
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10077 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10078 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10079 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10080
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10081 You could enter the names in this format:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10082
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10083 foo
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10084 bar
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10085 baz
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10086
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10087 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10088
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10089 \\C-x (
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10090 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10091 \\C-x )
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10092
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10093 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10094 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10095 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10096 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10097
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10098 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10099
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10100 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10101 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (14281 39314))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10102 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10103
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10104 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10105 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10106 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10107 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10108
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10109 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10110 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10111 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10112 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10113 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10114
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10115 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10116 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10117 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10118 consing a string.)" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10119
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10120 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10121 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10122
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10123 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10124
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10125 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10126 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
10127 ;;;;;; (14723 62186))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10128 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10129
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10130 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10131 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10132
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10133 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10134
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10135 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10136 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10137
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10138 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10139 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10140 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10141 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10142
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10143 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10144
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10145 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10146
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10147 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10148 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
10149 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (14800
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
10150 ;;;;;; 33445))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10151 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10152
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10153 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10154 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10155 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10156 often correct parser.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10157
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10158 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10159
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10160 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10161 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10162 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10163 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10164
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10165 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10166 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10167 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10168 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10169
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10170 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10171 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10172 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10173 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10174
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10175 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10176 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10177 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10178 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10179 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10180 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10181
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10182 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10183
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10184 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
10185 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (14747 44775))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10186 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10187
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10188 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10189 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10190
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10191 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10192 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10193 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10194
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10195 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10196 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10197 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10198
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10199 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10200
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10201 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10202 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (13996
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
10203 ;;;;;; 15646))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10204 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10205
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10206 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10207 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10208 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10209 king@grassland.com
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10210 If `parens', they look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10211 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10212 If `angles', they look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10213 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10214
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10215 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10216 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10217 If interactive, expand in header fields.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10218 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10219 their `Resent-' variants.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10220
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10221 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10222 removed from alias expansions." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10223
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10224 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10225 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10226 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10227
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10228 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10229 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10230 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10231 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10232
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10233 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10234 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10235 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10236 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10237
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10238 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10239
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10240 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
10241 ;;;;;; (14720 7115))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10242 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10243
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10244 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10245 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10246 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10247
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10248 \\{makefile-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10249
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10250 In the browser, use the following keys:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10251
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10252 \\{makefile-browser-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10253
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10254 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10255
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10256 makefile-browser-buffer-name:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10257 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10258
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10259 makefile-target-colon:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10260 The string that gets appended to all target names
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10261 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10262 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10263
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10264 makefile-macro-assign:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10265 The string that gets appended to all macro names
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10266 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10267 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10268 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10269 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10270 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10271
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10272 makefile-tab-after-target-colon:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10273 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10274 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10275
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10276 makefile-browser-leftmost-column:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10277 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10278
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10279 makefile-browser-cursor-column:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10280 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10281 up or down in the browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10282
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10283 makefile-browser-selected-mark:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10284 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10285
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10286 makefile-browser-unselected-mark:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10287 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10288
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10289 makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10290 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10291 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10292 has been selected in the browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10293
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10294 makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10295 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10296 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10297 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10298 filenames are omitted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10299
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10300 makefile-cleanup-continuations-p:
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10301 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10302 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10303 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10304 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10305 the backslash itself intact.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10306 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10307 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10308
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10309 makefile-browser-hook:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10310 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10311 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10312
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10313 makefile-special-targets-list:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10314 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10315 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10316 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10317
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10318 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10319
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10320 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10321 ;;;;;; 28917))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10322 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10323
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10324 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10325 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10326 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10327
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10328 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10329
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
10330 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (14825 31072))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10331 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10332
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10333 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10334
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10335 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10336 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10337 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10338 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10339 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10340 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
10341 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
10342
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
10343 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
10344 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10345
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10346 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10347 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10348
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10349 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10350
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10351 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10352 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10353 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-forward message-recover
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10354 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10355 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10356 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10357 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10358 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
10359 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (14842 10648))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10360 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10361
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10362 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10363 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10364
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10365 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10366 king@grassland.com
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10367 If `parens', they look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10368 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10369 If `angles', they look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10370 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10371
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10372 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10373 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10374
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10375 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10376 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10377
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10378 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10379 *Local news organization file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10380
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10381 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10382 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10383 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10384 variable `mail-header-separator'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10385
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10386 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10387 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10388 `smtpmail-send-it'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10389
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10390 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10391 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10392
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10393 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10394 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10395
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10396 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10397 *Function for citing an original message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10398 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10399 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10400 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10401
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10402 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10403 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10404 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10405 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10406 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10407
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10408 (defvar message-signature t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10409 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10410 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10411 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10412 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10413
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10414 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10415 *File containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10416
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10417 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10418
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10419 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10420 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10421 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10422 C-c C-s message-send (send the message) C-c C-c message-send-and-exit
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10423 C-c C-d Pospone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10424 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10425 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10426 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10427 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10428 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10429 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10430 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10431 C-c C-t message-insert-to (add a To header to a news followup)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10432 C-c C-n message-insert-newsgroups (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10433 C-c C-b message-goto-body (move to beginning of message text).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10434 C-c C-i message-goto-signature (move to the beginning of the signature).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10435 C-c C-w message-insert-signature (insert `message-signature-file' file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10436 C-c C-y message-yank-original (insert current message, if any).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10437 C-c C-q message-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10438 C-c C-e message-elide-region (elide the text between point and mark).
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10439 C-c C-v message-delete-not-region (remove the text outside the region).
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10440 C-c C-z message-kill-to-signature (kill the text up to the signature).
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10441 C-c C-r message-caesar-buffer-body (rot13 the message body).
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10442 C-c C-a mml-attach-file (attach a file as MIME).
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10443 M-RET message-newline-and-reformat (break the line and reformat)." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10444
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10445 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10446 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10447 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10448
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10449 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10450 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10451
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10452 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10453 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10454
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10455 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10456 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10457
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10458 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10459 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10460 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10461
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10462 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10463 Cancel an article you posted.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10464 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10465
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10466 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10467 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10468 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10469 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10470
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10471 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10472 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10473
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10474 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10475 Forward the current message via mail.
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10476 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10477 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10478
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10479 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10480 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10481
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10482 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10483 Re-mail the current message.
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10484 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10485 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10486 you." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10487
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10488 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10489 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10490
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10491 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10492 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10493
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10494 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10495 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10496
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10497 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10498 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10499
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10500 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10501 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10502 Works by overstriking characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10503 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10504 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10505
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10506 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10507 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10508 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10509 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10510
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10511 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10512
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10513 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10514 ;;;;;; (13549 39401))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10515 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10516
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10517 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10518 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10519 Special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10520 \\{meta-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10521
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10522 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10523 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10524
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10525 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10526 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10527 Special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10528 \\{meta-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10529
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10530 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10531 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10532
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10533 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10534
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10535 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10536 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10537 ;;;;;; (14345 52966))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10538 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10539
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10540 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10541 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10542 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10543
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10544 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10545 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10546 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10547 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10548 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10549 redisplayed as output is inserted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10550 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10551
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10552 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10553 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10554 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10555 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10556 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10557 means current).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10558 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10559 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10560
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10561 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10562 Process current region through 'metamail'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10563 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10564 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10565 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10566 means current).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10567 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10568 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10569
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10570 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10571
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10572 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
10573 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (14747 44775))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10574 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10575
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10576 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10577 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10578 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10579 to the MH mail system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10580
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10581 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10582
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10583 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10584 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10585 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10586 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10587 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10588 that want to create a mail buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10589 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10590
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10591 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10592 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10593 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10594 to the MH mail system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10595
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10596 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10597
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10598 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10599 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10600 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10601 using the MH mail handling system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10602 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10603 messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10604
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10605 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10606
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10607 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10608
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10609 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10610 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10611 the yanked message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10612
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10613 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10614 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10615 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10616 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10617 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10618
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10619 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10620 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10621 inserted in a draft letter.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10622
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10623 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10624 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10625
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10626 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10627
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10628 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10629
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
10630 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (14747
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
10631 ;;;;;; 44775))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10632 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10633
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10634 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10635 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10636 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10637 to the MH mail system." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10638
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10639 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10640 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10641
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10642 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10643
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
10644 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (13833 28022))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10645 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10646
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10647 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10648 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10649
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10650 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10651
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10652 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (14484 43737))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10653 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10654
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10655 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10656
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10657 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10658
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10659 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10660
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10661 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10662
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10663 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10664
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10665 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
10666 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (14721 29450))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10667 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10668
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10669 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10670 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10671 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10672 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10673 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10674 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10675 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10676 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10677 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10678 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10679 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10680
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10681 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10682 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10683 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10684 to its second argument TM." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10685
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10686 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10687
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10688 ;;;### (autoloads (convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "emulation/mlconvert.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
10689 ;;;;;; (14660 49410))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10690 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/mlconvert.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10691
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10692 (autoload (quote convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10693 Convert buffer of Mocklisp code to real Lisp that GNU Emacs can run." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10694
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10695 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10696
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10697 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10698 ;;;;;; (14791 27300))
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10699 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10700
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10701 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10702 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10703 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10704 the entire message.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10705 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing." nil nil)
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10706
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10707 ;;;***
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10708
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10709 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10710 ;;;;;; (13552 32940))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10711 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10712
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10713 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10714 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10715 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10716 followed by the first character of the construct.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10717 \\<m2-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10718 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10719 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10720 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10721 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10722 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10723 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10724 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10725 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10726 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10727 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10728 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10729 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10730 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10731 \\[m2-link] link
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10732
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10733 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10734 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10735 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10736
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10737 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10738
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
10739 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
10740 ;;;;;; (14816 63829))
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
10741 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
10742
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
10743 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
10744 Convert all text in a given region to morse code." t nil)
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
10745
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
10746 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
10747 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text." t nil)
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
10748
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
10749 ;;;***
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
10750
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
10751 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (14736
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
10752 ;;;;;; 26481))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10753 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10754
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10755 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10756 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10757 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10758 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10759
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10760 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10761
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10762 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10763
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10764 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10765
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10766 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10767 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10768 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10769 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10770 Triple-clicking selects lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10771 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10772
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10773 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
10774 the kill-ring, nor do the kill-ring function change the X selection.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
10775 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
10776 mouse-sel sets the variables interprogram-cut-function and
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
10777 interprogram-paste-function to nil.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10778
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10779 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10780 the mouse position (or point, if mouse-yank-at-point is non-nil).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10781
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10782 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10783 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10784
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10785 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10786
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10787 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10788 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10789 primary selection and region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10790
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10791 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10792
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10793 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (14184 34750))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10794 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10795
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10796 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10797 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10798
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10799 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10800
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
10801 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (14795 14357))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10802 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10803
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10804 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
10805 Toggle Msb mode.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10806 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10807 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10808
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10809 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10810
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10811 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10812
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10813 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10814 Toggle Msb mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10815 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10816 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10817 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10818
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10819 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10820
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10821 ;;;### (autoloads (dump-codings dump-charsets mule-diag list-input-methods
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10822 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10823 ;;;;;; list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
10824 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-char-after describe-character-set
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
10825 ;;;;;; list-charset-chars read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag"
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
10826 ;;;;;; "international/mule-diag.el" (14763 35975))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10827 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10828
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10829 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10830 Display a list of all character sets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10831
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10832 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10833 for internal Emacs use.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10834
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10835 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains a format of multibyte sequence
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10836 of characters in the charset for buffer and string
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10837 by one to four hexadecimal digits.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10838 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10839 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10840
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10841 The D column contains a dimension of this character set.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10842 The CH column contains a number of characters in a block of this character set.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10843 The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022's <final-char> to use for
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10844 designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10845
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10846 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10847 but still shows the full information." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10848
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10849 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10850 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10851 It reads an Emacs' character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10852 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10853 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10854
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10855 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10856 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10857 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10858 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10859 detailed meanings of these arguments." nil nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10860
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10861 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10862 Display a list of characters in the specified character set." t nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10863
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
10864 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
10865 Display information about character set CHARSET." t nil)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
10866
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
10867 (autoload (quote describe-char-after) "mule-diag" "\
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
10868 Display information of in current buffer at position POS.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
10869 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
10870 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
10871 which font is being used for displaying the character." t nil)
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
10872
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10873 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10874 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10875
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10876 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10877 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10878
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10879 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10880 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10881 at the place of `..':
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
10882 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
10883 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10884 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
10885 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
10886 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
10887 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10888 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
10889 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10890 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
10891 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10892 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
10893 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10894 `default-process-coding-system' for read
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
10895 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10896 `default-process-coding-system' for write
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
10897 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'" t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10898
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10899 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10900 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10901
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10902 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10903 Display a list of all coding systems.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10904 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10905
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10906 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10907 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10908
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10909 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10910 Display a list of all coding categories." nil nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10911
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10912 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10913 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10914
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10915 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10916 Display information of FONTSET.
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
10917 This shows which font is used for which character(s)." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10918
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10919 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10920 Display a list of all fontsets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10921 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10922 With prefix arg, it also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10923 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10924
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10925 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10926 Display information about all input methods." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10927
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10928 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10929 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10930
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10931 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10932 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10933 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10934 system which uses fontsets)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10935
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10936 (autoload (quote dump-charsets) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10937 Dump information about all charsets into the file `CHARSETS'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10938 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10939
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10940 (autoload (quote dump-codings) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10941 Dump information about all coding systems into the file `CODINGS'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10942 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10943
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10944 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10945
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
10946 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
10947 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10948 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10949 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10950 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10951 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10952 ;;;;;; (14647 32042))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10953 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10954
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10955 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10956 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10957 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10958
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10959 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10960 Return a list of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote list)))
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10961
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10962 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10963 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote vector)))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10964
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10965 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10966 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10967
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10968 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10969 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10970 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10971 the starting column; that means to return the characters occupying
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10972 columns START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10973
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10974 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding character
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10975 to add at the end of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10976 or if END-COLUMN comes in the middle of a character in STR.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10977 PADDING is also added at the beginning of the result
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10978 if column START-COLUMN appears in the middle of a character in STR.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10979
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10980 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10981 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10982
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10983 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10984
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10985 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10986 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10987
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10988 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10989 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10990 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10991
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10992 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10993 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10994 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10995
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10996 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10997 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10998 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10999 is considered.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11000 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11001 longer than KEYSEQ.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11002 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11003
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11004 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11005 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11006 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11007 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11008 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11009 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11010 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11011 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11012 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11013 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11014 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11015
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11016 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11017 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11018
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11019 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11020 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's post-read-conversion property." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11021
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11022 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11023 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's pre-write-conversion property." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11024
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11025 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11026 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-decode property." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11027
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11028 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11029 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-encode property." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11030
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11031 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11032 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11033 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11034 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11035
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11036 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11037 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11038 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11039 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11040
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11041 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11042 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11043 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11044 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11045
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11046 ;;;***
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11047
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11048 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
11049 ;;;;;; (14838 50497))
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11050 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11051
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11052 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11053 Toggle Mouse-Wheel mode.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11054 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11055 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11056
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11057 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote custom-variable))
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11058
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11059 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote mwheel))
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11060
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11061 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11062 Toggle mouse wheel support.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11063 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11064 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11065
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11066 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11067 Enable mouse wheel support." nil nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11068
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11069 ;;;***
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11070
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11071 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
11072 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
11073 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el"
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
11074 ;;;;;; (14813 44131))
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
11075 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11076
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11077 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11078 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11079
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11080 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11081 Ping HOST.
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11082 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11083 `ping-program-options'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11084
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11085 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11086 Run ipconfig program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11087
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11088 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11089
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11090 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11091 Run netstat program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11092
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11093 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11094 Run the arp program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11095
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11096 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11097 Run the route program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11098
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11099 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11100 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11101
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11102 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11103 Run nslookup program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11104
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
11105 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
11106 Run dig program." t nil)
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
11107
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11108 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11109 Run ftp program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11110
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11111 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11112 Finger USER on HOST." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11113
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11114 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11115 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11116 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11117 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11118
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11119 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11120
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11121 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11122 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11123
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11124 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11125 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11126
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11127 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11128
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11129 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-region
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11130 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11131 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-multi-line comment-padding
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11132 ;;;;;; comment-style comment-column) "newcomment" "newcomment.el"
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
11133 ;;;;;; (14816 63828))
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11134 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11135
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11136 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11137
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11138 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11139
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11140 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11141
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11142 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11143
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11144 (defgroup comment nil "Indenting and filling of comments." :prefix "comment-" :version "21.1" :group (quote fill))
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11145
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11146 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11147 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11148 Setting this variable automatically makes it local to the current buffer.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11149 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11150 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.")
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11151
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11152 (defvar comment-start nil "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11153 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11154
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11155 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11156 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11157 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11158 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11159
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11160 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11161 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11162
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11163 (defvar comment-end "" "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11164 *String to insert to end a new comment.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11165 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11166
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11167 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11168 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11169 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11170 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11171 column indentation or nil.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11172 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11173
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11174 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11175 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11176 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11177
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11178 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11179 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11180 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11181 of the corresponding number of spaces.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11182
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11183 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11184 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11185
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11186 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11187 *Non-nil means \\[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter.
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11188 This is obsolete because you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11189
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11190 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11191 Default for `comment-indent-function'." nil nil)
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11192
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11193 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11194 Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11195 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continuation' markers if any." t nil)
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11196
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11197 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11198 Set the comment column based on point.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11199 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11200 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11201 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11202 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column." t nil)
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11203
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11204 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11205 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11206 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one." t nil)
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11207
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11208 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11209 Uncomment each line in the BEG..END region.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11210 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11211 comment markers." t nil)
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11212
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11213 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11214 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11215 With just \\[universal-prefix] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG..END.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11216 Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11217 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11218 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11219 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11220 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11221
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11222 The strings used as comment starts are built from
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11223 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'." t nil)
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11224
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11225 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11226 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11227 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11228 `comment-region' (unless it only consists in comments, in which
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11229 case it calls `uncomment-region').
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11230 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11231 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11232 Else, call `comment-indent'." t nil)
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11233
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11234 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11235 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11236 This indents the body of the continued comment
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11237 under the previous comment line.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11238
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11239 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11240 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11241 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11242
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11243 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11244 or comment indentation.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11245
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11246 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11247 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil." t nil)
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11248
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11249 ;;;***
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11250
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
11251 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (14792
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
11252 ;;;;;; 2696))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11253 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11254
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11255 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11256 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11257 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11258 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11259 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11260 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11261
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11262 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11263
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11264 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
11265 ;;;;;; (14813 6105))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11266 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11267
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11268 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
11269 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
11270 This command does not work if you use short group names." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11271
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11272 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11273
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11274 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11275 ;;;;;; (14842 10650))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11276 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11277
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11278 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11279 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11280 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11281
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11282 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11283
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11284 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
11285 ;;;;;; (14792 2698))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11286 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11287
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11288 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11289 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11290
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11291 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11292
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11293 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
11294 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (14792 2698))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11295 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11296
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11297 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11298 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11299
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11300 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11301 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11302
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11303 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11304 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11305
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11306 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11307
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11308 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11309 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (13229 29111))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11310 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11311
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11312 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11313 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11314 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11315
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11316 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11317
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11318 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11319 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11320 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11321 to future sessions." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11322
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11323 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11324 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11325 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11326 to future sessions." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11327
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11328 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11329
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11330 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11331 ;;;;;; (13382 24740))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11332 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11333
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11334 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11335 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11336 \\{nroff-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11337 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11338 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11339 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11340
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11341 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11342
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11343 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11344 ;;;;;; (13145 50478))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11345 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11346
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11347 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11348 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11349 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11350 specified by `octave-help-files'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11351 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11352
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11353 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11354
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11355 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
11356 ;;;;;; (14747 44776))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11357 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11358
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11359 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11360 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11361 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11362
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11363 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11364
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11365 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11366 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11367
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11368 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11369 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11370 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11371
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11372 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11373
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11374 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11375
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11376 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
11377 ;;;;;; (14535 42824))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11378 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11379
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11380 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11381 Major mode for editing Octave code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11382
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11383 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11384 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11385 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11386 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11387
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11388 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11389 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11390 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11391 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11392 is why you need this mode!).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11393
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11394 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11395 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11396 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11397
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11398 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11399
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11400 Keybindings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11401 ===========
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11402
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11403 \\{octave-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11404
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11405 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11406 ==============================================
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11407
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11408 octave-auto-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11409 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11410 Default is nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11411
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11412 octave-auto-newline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11413 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11414 Default is nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11415
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11416 octave-blink-matching-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11417 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11418 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11419
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11420 octave-block-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11421 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11422 Default is 2.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11423
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11424 octave-continuation-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11425 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11426 Default is 4.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11427
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11428 octave-continuation-string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11429 String used for Octave continuation lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11430 Default is a backslash.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11431
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11432 octave-mode-startup-message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11433 Nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11434 Default is t.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11435
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11436 octave-send-echo-input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11437 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11438 command to the inferior Octave process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11439
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11440 octave-send-line-auto-forward
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11441 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11442 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11443
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11444 octave-send-echo-input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11445 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11446
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11447 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11448
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11449 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11450 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11451
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11452 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11453 (setq auto-mode-alist
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11454 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11455
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11456 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11457 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11458
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11459 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11460 (lambda ()
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11461 (abbrev-mode 1)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11462 (auto-fill-mode 1)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11463 (if (eq window-system 'x)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11464 (font-lock-mode 1))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11465
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11466 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11467 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11468 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11469 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11470
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11471 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11472
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11473 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el"
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
11474 ;;;;;; (14816 63828))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11475 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11476
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11477 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11478 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11479 It is now better to use Customize instead." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11480
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11481 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11482 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11483 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11484 in which there are commands to set the option values.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11485 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11486
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11487 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11488
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11489 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11490
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11491 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el"
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
11492 ;;;;;; (14807 56561))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11493 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11494
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11495 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11496 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11497 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11498 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11499
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11500 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11501 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11502 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11503 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11504
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11505 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11506 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11507 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11508 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11509 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11510 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11511
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11512 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11513 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11514
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11515 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11516 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11517 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11518 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11519 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11520 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11521 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11522 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11523 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11524 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11525 The subheadings remain visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11526 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11527
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11528 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11529 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11530 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11531
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11532 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11533 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11534
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11535 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11536 Toggle Outline minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11537 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11538 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11539
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11540 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11541
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
11542 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (14807 56559))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11543 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11544
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11545 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
11546 Toggle Show-Paren mode.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11547 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11548 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11549
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11550 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11551
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11552 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11553
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11554 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11555 Toggle Show Paren mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11556 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11557 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11558
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11559 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11560 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11561
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11562 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11563
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
11564 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (14628
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
11565 ;;;;;; 14481))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11566 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11567
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11568 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11569 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11570 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11571
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11572 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11573 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11574
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11575 Other useful functions are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11576
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11577 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11578 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11579 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11580 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11581 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11582 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11583 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11584 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11585 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11586
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11587 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11588
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11589 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11590 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11591 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11592 Indentation for case statements.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11593 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11594 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11595 mark after an end.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11596 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11597 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11598 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11599 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11600 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11601 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11602 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11603 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11604 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11605 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11606
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11607 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11608 pascal-separator-keywords.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11609
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11610 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11611 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11612
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11613 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11614
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11615 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11616 ;;;;;; (13229 29217))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11617 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11618
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11619 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11620 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11621 The keys affected are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11622 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11623 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11624 M-Backspace does undo.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11625 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11626 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11627 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11628
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11629 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11630
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11631 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11632 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (14782 11919))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11633 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11634
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11635 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11636 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11637
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11638 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11639
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11640 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11641 which modify the status of the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11642
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11643 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11644 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11645
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11646 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11647 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11648
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11649 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11650 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11651 behind. To control wether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11652 variable pc-select-meta-moves-sexps after loading pc-select.el but before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11653 turning pc-selection-mode on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11654
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11655 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11656 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11657
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11658 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11659 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11660 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11661
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11662 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11663 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11664 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11665
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11666 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11667 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11668
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11669 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11670 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11671 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11672
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11673 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11674 the variable pc-select-selection-keys-only to t after loading pc-select.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11675 but before calling pc-selection-mode):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11676
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11677 F6 other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11678 DELETE delete-char
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11679 C-DELETE kill-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11680 M-DELETE kill-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11681 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11682 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11683 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11684
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11685 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11686 Toggle PC Selection mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11687 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11688 and cursor movement commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11689 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11690 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11691
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11692 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11693
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11694 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11695
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11696 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11697
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11698 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (14680
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
11699 ;;;;;; 33021))
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11700 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11701
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11702 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11703 Completion rules for the `cvs' command." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11704
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11705 ;;;***
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11706
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11707 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11708 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (14763 35955))
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11709 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11710
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11711 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11712 Completion for `gzip'." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11713
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11714 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11715 Completion for `bzip2'." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11716
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11717 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11718 Completion for GNU `make'." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11719
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11720 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11721 Completion for the GNU tar utility." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11722
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11723 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11724
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11725 ;;;***
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11726
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11727 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
11728 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (14680 33024))
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11729 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11730
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11731 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11732 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11733
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11734 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11735 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11736
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11737 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11738 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11739
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11740 ;;;***
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11741
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11742 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (14680
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
11743 ;;;;;; 33025))
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11744 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11745
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11746 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11747 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11748 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11749 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11750 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11751 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11752
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11753 ;;;***
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11754
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11755 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11756 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
11757 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (14680 33026))
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11758 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11759
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11760 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11761 Completion for `cd'." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11762
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11763 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11764
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11765 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11766 Completion for `rmdir'." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11767
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11768 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11769 Completion for `rm'." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11770
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11771 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11772 Completion for `xargs'." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11773
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11774 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11775
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11776 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11777 Completion for `which'." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11778
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11779 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11780 Completion for the `chown' command." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11781
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11782 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11783 Completion for the `chgrp' command." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11784
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11785 ;;;***
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11786
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11787 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11788 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
11789 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (14826
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
11790 ;;;;;; 56519))
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11791 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11792
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11793 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11794 Support extensible programmable completion.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11795 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11796 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list)." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11797
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11798 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11799 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11800
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11801 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11802 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11803 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11804
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11805 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11806 Complete without reference to any cycling completions." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11807
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11808 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11809 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11810 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11811
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11812 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11813 Display any help information relative to the current argument." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11814
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11815 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11816 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11817
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11818 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11819 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11820 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11821 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11822 `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11823
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11824 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11825 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11826
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11827 ;;;***
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11828
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11829 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11830 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
11831 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (14825 31072))
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11832 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11833
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11834 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11835 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11836 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11837 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11838
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11839 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use." t nil)
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11840
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11841 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11842 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11843 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11844 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11845 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11846 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11847 FLAGS is ignored." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11848
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11849 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11850 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11851 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11852 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11853 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11854 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11855 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11856 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11857
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11858 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11859 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11860 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11861 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11862 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11863 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer." t nil)
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11864
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11865 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11866 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11867 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11868 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11869 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11870 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11871 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11872
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11873 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11874
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11875 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11876 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11877 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11878
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11879 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11880 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11881 NIL means never do it.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11882 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11883 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11884 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11885
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11886 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11887 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11888 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11889
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11890 ;;;***
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11891
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (14663 20185))
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
11893 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
11894
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
11895 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) m))
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
11896
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
11897 ;;;***
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
11898
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11899 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
11900 ;;;;;; (14807 56561))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11901 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11902
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11903 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11904 Major mode for editing Perl code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11905 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11906 Tab indents for Perl code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11907 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11908 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11909 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11910 \\{perl-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11911 Variables controlling indentation style:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11912 perl-tab-always-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11913 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11914 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11915 perl-tab-to-comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11916 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11917 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11918 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11919 perl-nochange
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11920 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11921 perl-indent-level
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11922 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11923 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11924 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11925 perl-continued-statement-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11926 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11927 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11928 perl-continued-brace-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11929 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11930 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11931 perl-brace-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11932 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11933 perl-brace-imaginary-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11934 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11935 this far to the right of the start of its line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11936 perl-label-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11937 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11938
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11939 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11940 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11941 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11942 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11943 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11944 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11945 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11946
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11947 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11948
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11949 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11950
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11951 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11952 ;;;;;; (14348 33291))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11953 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11954
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11955 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11956 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11957 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11958 afterwards settable by these commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11959 C-c < Move left after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11960 C-c > Move right after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11961 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11962 C-c . Move down after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11963 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11964 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11965 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11966 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11967 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11968 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11969 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11970 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11971 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11972 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11973 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11974 with these commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11975 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11976 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11977 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11978 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11979 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11980 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11981 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11982 Return Move to beginning of next line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11983 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11984 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11985 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11986 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11987 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11988 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11989 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11990 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11991 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11992 You can manipulate text with these commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11993 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11994 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11995 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11996 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11997 text is saved in the kill ring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11998 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11999 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12000 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12001 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12002 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12003 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12004 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12005 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12006 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12007 commands if invoked soon enough.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12008 You can return to the previous mode with:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12009 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12010 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12011
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12012 Entry to this mode calls the value of picture-mode-hook if non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12013
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12014 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12015 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12016
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12017 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12018
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12019 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12020
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12021 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (14747 44776))
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
12022 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
12023
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
12024 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
12025 Play pong and waste time.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
12026 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
12027 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
12028
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12029 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12030
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12031 \\{pong-mode-map}" t nil)
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
12032
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
12033 ;;;***
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
12034
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12035 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
12036 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (13819 15860))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12037 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12038
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12039 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12040 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12041 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12042 can handle, whenever this is possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12043 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12044
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12045 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12046 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12047 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12048 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12049 in the variable `values'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12050
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12051 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12052 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12053 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12054 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12055
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12056 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12057
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12058 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
12059 ;;;;;; (14729 20675))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12060 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12061
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12062 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12063 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12064 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12065 Commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12066 \\{prolog-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12067 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12068 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12069
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12070 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12071 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12072
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12073 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12074
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (14353 44101))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12076 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12077
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12078 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (eq system-type (quote ms-dos)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12079 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12080 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12081
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12082 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12083
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12084 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (14380
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
12085 ;;;;;; 3920))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12086 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12087
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12088 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12089 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12090
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12091 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12092
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12093 The following variables hold user options, and can
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12094 be set through the `customize' command:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12095
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12096 ps-mode-auto-indent
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12097 ps-mode-tab
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12098 ps-mode-paper-size
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12099 ps-mode-print-function
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12100 ps-run-prompt
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12101 ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12102 ps-run-x
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12103 ps-run-dumb
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12104 ps-run-init
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12105 ps-run-error-line-numbers
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12106 ps-run-tmp-dir
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12107
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12108 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12109
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12110
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12111 \\{ps-mode-map}
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12112
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12113
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12114 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12115 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12116 The keymap for this second window is:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12117
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12118 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12119
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12120
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12121 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12122 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12123 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12124 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12125 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12126 " t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12127
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12128 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12129
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12130 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-initialize
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
12131 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font
27164
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12132 ;;;;;; ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule"
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
12133 ;;;;;; "ps-mule.el" (14729 19580))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12134 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12135
27164
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12136 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12137 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12138
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12139 Valid values are:
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12140
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12141 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12142 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12143 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12144 changed by setting the variable
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12145 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12146 The initial value of this variable is
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12147 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12148 documentation).
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12149
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12150 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12151 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12152 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12153 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12154 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12155 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12156 test it.
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12157
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12158 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12159 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12160 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12161 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12162 source file. BDF fonts are included in
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12163 `intlfonts-1.1' which is a collection of X11 fonts
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12164 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12165 use this value, be sure to have installed
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12166 `intlfonts-1.1' and set the variable
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12167 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12168 documentation of this variable).
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12169
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12170 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12171 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12172 characters. This is convenient when you want or
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12173 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12174 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12175 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12176
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12177 Any other value is treated as nil.")
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12178
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12179 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12180 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12181 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12182
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12183 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12184
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12185 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12186 Generate PostScript code for ploting characters in the region FROM and TO.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12187
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12188 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12189
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12190 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12191
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12192 Returns the value:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12193
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12194 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12195
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12196 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12197 the sequence." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12198
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
12199 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
12200 Generate PostScript code for ploting composition in the region FROM and TO.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
12201
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
12202 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
12203 composition.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
12204
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
12205 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
12206
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
12207 Returns the value:
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
12208
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
12209 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
12210
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
12211 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
12212 the sequence." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
12213
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12214 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12215 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12216
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12217 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12218 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12219 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12220
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12221 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12222
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12223 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12224
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12225 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12226 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12227 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12228 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
12229 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-paper-type) "ps-print"
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
12230 ;;;;;; "ps-print.el" (14840 15865))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12231 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12232
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12233 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
26118
cac2b0da7b3a Updated for ps-print.el, ps-mule.el, and ps-bdf.el.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26084
diff changeset
12234 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12235 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12236 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12237
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
12238 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
12239 Customization of ps-print group." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
12240
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12241 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12242 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12243
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12244 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12245 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12246 in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12247
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12248 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12249 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12250 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12251
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12252 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12253 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12254 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12255 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12256 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12257
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12258 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12259 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12260 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12261
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12262 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12263 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12264 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12265 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12266 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12267
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12268 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12269 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12270 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12271 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12272
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12273 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12274
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12275 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12276 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12277 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12278 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12279 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12280
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12281 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12282
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12283 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12284 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12285 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12286
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12287 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12288
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12289 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12290 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12291 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12292 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12293 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12294
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12295 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12296
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12297 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12298 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12299
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12300 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12301 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12302 image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12303
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12304 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12305 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12306 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12307
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12308 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12309 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12310 using the current ps-print setup.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12311 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12312 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12313
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12314 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12315 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12316 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12317
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12318 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12319 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12320 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12321
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12322 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12323 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12324
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12325 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12326 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12327
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12328 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12329 with face extension in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12330
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12331 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12332
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12333 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12334
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12335 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12336 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12337
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12338 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12339 with face extensions in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12340
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12341 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12342
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12343 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12344
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12345 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12346
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12347 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12348 foreground and background colors respectively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12349
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12350 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12351 bold - use bold font.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12352 italic - use italic font.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12353 underline - put a line under text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12354 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12355 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12356 shadow - text will have a shadow.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12357 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12358 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12359
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12360 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12361
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12362 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12363
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12364 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12365 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
12366 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
12367 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package) "quail" "international/quail.el"
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
12368 ;;;;;; (14842 10654))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12369 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12370
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12371 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12372 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12373 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12374
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12375 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12376 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12377 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12378 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12379 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12380 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12381 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12382
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12383 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12384 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12385 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12386 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12387 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12388 shown.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12389 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12390
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
12391 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
12392 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
12393 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
12394 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
12395 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
12396 list of candidates.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12397
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12398 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12399 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12400 command to be called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12401
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12402 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12403 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12404 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12405 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12406
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12407 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12408 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12409 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12410 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12411 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12412 to t.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12413
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12414 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12415 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12416 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12417 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12418
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12419 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12420 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12421 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12422 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12423
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12424 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12425 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12426 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12427 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12428 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12429 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12430
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12431 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12432 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12433 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12434 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12435 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12436 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12437
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12438 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12439 covers Quail translation region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12440
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12441 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12442 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12443 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12444 for it) is inserted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12445
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12446 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12447 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12448 vs. corresponding command to be called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12449
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12450 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12451 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12452 non-Quail commands." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12453
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12454 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12455 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12456
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12457 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12458 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12459 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12460 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12461 you type is correctly handled." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12462
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
12463 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
12464 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
12465
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
12466 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
12467 keyboard type." t nil)
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
12468
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12469 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12470 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12471 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12472 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12473 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12474 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12475 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12476 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12477 for the translation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12478 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12479
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12480 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12481 it is used to handle KEY.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12482
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12483 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12484 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12485 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12486 the following annotation types are supported.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12487
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12488 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12489 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12490
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12491 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12492 candidate list.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12493
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12494 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12495 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12496 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12497 inserted.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12498
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12499 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12500 generated for the following translations." nil (quote macro))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12501
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12502 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12503 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
12504
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
12505 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
12506 which to install MAP.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
12507
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12508 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12509
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12510 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12511 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12512
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12513 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12514 which to install MAP.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12515
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12516 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'." nil nil)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12517
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12518 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12519 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12520 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12521 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12522 a function, or a cons.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12523 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12524 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12525 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12526 for the translation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12527 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12528 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12529 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12530 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12531 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12532
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12533 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12534 it is used to handle KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12535
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12536 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12537 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12538 current Quail package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12539
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12540 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12541 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12542
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12543 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12544 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12545
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12546 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12547 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12548
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12549 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12550
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12551 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12552 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12553
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12554 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12555 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12556 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12557 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12558 of the Emacs source tree.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12559
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12560 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12561 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12562
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12563 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12564 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12565 of each directory." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12566
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12567 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12568
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12569 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12570 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
12571 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (14554
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
12572 ;;;;;; 8650))
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
12573 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12574
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12575 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12576 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12577 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12578 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12579
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12580 To make use of this do something like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12581
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12582 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12583
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12584 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12585
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
12586 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
12587 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
12588
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
12589 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
12590 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
12591 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12592
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12593 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12594 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12595
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12596 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12597 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12598
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12599 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12600 is decided." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12601
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
12602 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
12603 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
12604
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
12605 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
12606 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
12607 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12608
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12609 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12610 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12611
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12612 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12613 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12614
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12615 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12616 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12617
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12618 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12619
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12620 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12621
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12622 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12623 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12624
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12625 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12626
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
12627 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (14550
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
12628 ;;;;;; 7848))
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
12629 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12630
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12631 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12632 Compile the the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12633 See \\[compile]." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12634
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12635 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12636
28077
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
12637 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
12638 ;;;;;; (14539 46619))
28077
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
12639 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
12640
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
12641 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
12642 Call up the RE Builder for the current window." t nil)
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
12643
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
12644 ;;;***
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
12645
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12646 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode recentf-open-more-files recentf-open-files
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12647 ;;;;;; recentf-cleanup recentf-edit-list recentf-save-list) "recentf"
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
12648 ;;;;;; "recentf.el" (14838 50964))
25999
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
12649 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
12650
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
12651 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
12652 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil)
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
12653
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
12654 (autoload (quote recentf-edit-list) "recentf" "\
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
12655 Allow the user to edit the files that are kept in the recent list." t nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
12656
25999
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
12657 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
12658 Remove all non-readable and excluded files from `recentf-list'." t nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
12659
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12660 (autoload (quote recentf-open-files) "recentf" "\
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
12661 Display buffer allowing user to choose a file from recently-opened list.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
12662 The optional argument FILES may be used to specify the list, otherwise
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
12663 `recentf-list' is used. The optional argument BUFFER-NAME specifies
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
12664 which buffer to use for the interaction." t nil)
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12665
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
12666 (autoload (quote recentf-open-more-files) "recentf" "\
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
12667 Allow the user to open files that are not in the menu." t nil)
25999
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
12668
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
12669 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
12670 Toggle Recentf mode.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
12671 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
12672 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
12673
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
12674 (custom-add-to-group (quote recentf) (quote recentf-mode) (quote custom-variable))
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
12675
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
12676 (custom-add-load (quote recentf-mode) (quote recentf))
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
12677
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12678 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12679 Toggle recentf mode.
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
12680 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
12681 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12682
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12683 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12684 were operated on recently." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12685
25999
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
12686 ;;;***
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
12687
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12688 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle replace-rectangle string-rectangle
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12689 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12690 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
12691 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (14710
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
12692 ;;;;;; 21251))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12693 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12694
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12695 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12696 Move point to column COLUMN rigidly in the current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12697 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12698 spaces and tab.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12699
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12700 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12701 the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12702
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12703 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12704 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12705 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12706 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12707 ends.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12708
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12709 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12710 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12711 to be deleted." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12712
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12713 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12714 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12715 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12716
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12717 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12718 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12719 deleted." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12720
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12721 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12722 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12723 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12724
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12725 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12726 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12727
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12728 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12729 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12730
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12731 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12732 deleted." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12733
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12734 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12735 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12736
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12737 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12738 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12739 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12740 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12741 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12742 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12743 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12744
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12745 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12746 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12747
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12748 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12749 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12750
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12751 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12752 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12753 on the right side of the rectangle." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12754 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle) ;; Old name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12755
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12756 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12757 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12758 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12759 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12760 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12761
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12762 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12763 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12764
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12765 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12766 Insert STRING on each line of the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12767
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12768 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12769 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12770 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12771
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12772 (autoload (quote replace-rectangle) "rect" "\
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12773 Like `string-rectangle', but replace the original region." t nil)
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12774
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12775 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12776 Blank out the region-rectangle.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12777 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12778
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12779 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12780 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12781 rectangle which were empty." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12782
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12783 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12784
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
12785 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (14842
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
12786 ;;;;;; 10654))
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
12787 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
12788
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
12789 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
12790 Toggle Refill minor mode.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
12791 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
12792
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
12793 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
12794 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
12795 refilling if they would cause auto-filling." t nil)
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
12796
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
12797 ;;;***
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
12798
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12799 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12800 ;;;;;; (14671 47574))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12801 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12802
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12803 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12804 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12805
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12806 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12807 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12808
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12809 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12810 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12811
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12812 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12813 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12814 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12815 \\ref macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12816
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12817 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12818 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12819 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12820
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12821 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12822 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12823 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12824
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12825 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12826 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12827
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12828 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12829 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12830
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12831 \\{reftex-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12832 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12833 on the menu bar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12834
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12835 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12836
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12837 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12838
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12839 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
12840 ;;;;;; (14702 63699))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12841 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12842
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12843 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12844 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12845 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12846 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12847 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formated according
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12848 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12849
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12850 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12851
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12852 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12853
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12854 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12855 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12856 called with point inside the braces of a `cite' command, it will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12857 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12858
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12859 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12860 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12861 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12862 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12863
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12864 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12865
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12866 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12867 ;;;;;; (14671 47574))
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12868 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12869
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12870 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12871 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12872 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12873
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12874 To insert new phrases, use
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12875 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12876 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12877
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12878 To index phrases use one of:
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12879
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12880 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12881 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12882 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12883 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12884 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12885
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12886 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12887 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12888
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12889 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12890
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12891 Here are all local bindings.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12892
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12893 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}" t nil)
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12894
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12895 ;;;***
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12896
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12897 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
12898 ;;;;;; (14816 63829))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12899 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12900
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12901 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12902 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12903 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12904 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12905 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12906 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12907
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
12908 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
12909 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
12910
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
12911 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
12912 by \\=\\< and \\>." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12913
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12914 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12915 Return the depth of REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12916 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12917 in REGEXP." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12918
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12919 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12920
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12921 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (14081 4820))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12922 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12923
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12924 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12925 Repeat most recently executed command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12926 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12927 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12928 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12929
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12930 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12931 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12932 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12933
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12934 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12935
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12936 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
12937 ;;;;;; (14638 40777))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12938 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12939
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12940 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12941 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12942
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12943 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12944 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12945 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
12946 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
12947 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
12948 and point is left after the salutation.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12949
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12950 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12951 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12952 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12953 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12954 left after that text.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12955
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12956 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12957 is non-nil.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12958
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12959 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12960 to initialize a a messagem, which the user can then edit and finally send
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12961 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12962 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12963
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12964 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12965
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12966 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
12967 ;;;;;; (14808 17014))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12968 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12969
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12970 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12971 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12972 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12973 visibility of comments that precede it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12974 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12975 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12976 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12977 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12978 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12979 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12980 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12981 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12982 the comment lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12983 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12984 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12985 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12986 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12987 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12988 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12989
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12990 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12991
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12992 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (12679
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12993 ;;;;;; 50658))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12994 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12995
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12996 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12997 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12998
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12999 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13000
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13001 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
13002 ;;;;;; (14634 20460))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13003 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13004
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13005 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13006 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13007
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13008 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13009 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13010
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13011 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13012
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
13013 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (14550 7959))
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
13014 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13015 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13016
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13017 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13018 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13019 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13020 other arguments for `rlogin'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13021
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13022 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13023
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13024 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13025 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13026 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13027 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13028
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13029 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13030 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13031
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13032 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13033 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13034
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13035 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13036 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13037 INPUT-ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13038
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13039 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13040 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13041 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13042 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13043 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13044
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13045 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13046 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13047 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13048 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13049
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13050 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13051 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13052 variable." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13053
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13054 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13055
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13056 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
13057 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
13058 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
13059 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
13060 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
13061 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
13062 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (14726 41837))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13063 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13064
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13065 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13066 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13067 A value of nil means exclude your own login name as an address
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13068 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13069
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13070 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13071 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13072 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13073 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13074 value is the user's name.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13075 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13076
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13077 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13078 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13079 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13080 which normally happens once for each message,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13081 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13082 To make a change in this variable take effect
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13083 for a message that you have already viewed,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13084 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13085
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13086 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13087 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13088 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13089 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13090
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13091 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13092 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13093
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13094 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13095 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13096 A value of nil means don't highlight.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13097 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13098
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13099 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13100 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13101
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13102 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13103 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13104
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13105 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13106 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13107 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13108 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13109 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13110
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13111 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13112 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13113
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13114 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13115 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13116
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13117 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13118 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13119
28292
156a858432c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28288
diff changeset
13120 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote yes-or-no-p) "\
156a858432c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28288
diff changeset
13121 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
156a858432c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28288
diff changeset
13122
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13123 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13124 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13125
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13126 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13127 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13128
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13129 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13130 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13131
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
13132 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
13133 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
13134
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13135 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13136 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13137 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13138 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13139
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13140 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13141 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13142
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13143 This is set to nil by default.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13144
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13145 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13146 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13147 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13148 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13149 until a user explicitly requires it.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13150
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13151 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13152 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13153
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13154 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13155 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13156 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13157 this feature is required with `require'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13158
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13159 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13160 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13161 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13162 the message is decoded as normal way.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13163
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13164 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13165 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13166 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13167
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13168 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13169 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13170 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13171
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13172 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13173 Read and edit incoming mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13174 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13175 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13176 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13177
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13178 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13179 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13180 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13181 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13182
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13183 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13184
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13185 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13186 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13187 All normal editing commands are turned off.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13188 Instead, these commands are available:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13189
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13190 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13191 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13192 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13193 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13194 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13195 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13196 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13197 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13198 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13199 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13200 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13201 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13202 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13203 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13204 till a deleted message is found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13205 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13206 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13207 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13208 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13209 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13210 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13211 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13212 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13213 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13214 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13215 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13216 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13217 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13218 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13219 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13220 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13221 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13222 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13223 (label defaults to last one specified).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13224 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13225 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13226 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13227 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13228 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13229 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13230 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13231 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13232 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13233
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13234 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13235 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13236
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13237 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13238 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13239
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13240 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13241
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13242 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
13243 ;;;;;; (14387 64265))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13244 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13245
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13246 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13247 Edit the contents of this message." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13248
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13249 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13250
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13251 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13252 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13253 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (12875 8164))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13254 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13255
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13256 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13257 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13258 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13259
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13260 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13261 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13262 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13263
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13264 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13265
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13266 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13267 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13268 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13269 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13270 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13271
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13272 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13273 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13274 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13275 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13276 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13277
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13278 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13279
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13280 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13281 ;;;;;; (13772 51133))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13282 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13283
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13284 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13285 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13286 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13287 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13288
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13289 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13290
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13291 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13292 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
13293 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (14636 62741))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13294 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13295
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13296 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13297 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13298 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13299 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13300 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13301 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13302 a file name as a string.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13303
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13304 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13305 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13306 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13307 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13308 buffer visiting that file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13309 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13310 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13311
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13312 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13313 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13314
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13315 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
13316 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
13317
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
13318 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
13319 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13320
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13321 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13322 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13323
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13324 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13325 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13326 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13327 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13328 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13329
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13330 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13331 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13332 will be appended with their original headers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13333
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13334 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13335 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13336
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13337 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13338 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13339
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13340 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13341
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13342 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13343 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13344 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13345
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13346 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13347
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13348 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-keywords rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13349 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13350 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (13054
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13351 ;;;;;; 26387))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13352 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13353
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13354 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13355 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13356 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13357
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13358 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13359 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13360 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13361
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13362 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13363 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13364 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13365
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13366 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13367 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13368 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13369
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13370 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13371 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13372 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13373
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13374 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13375 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13376 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13377
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13378 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-keywords) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13379 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13380 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13381 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13382
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13383 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13384
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
13385 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
13386 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
13387 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
13388 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
13389 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (14637 38354))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13390 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13391
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13392 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13393 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13394
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13395 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13396 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13397
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13398 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13399 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13400
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13401 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13402 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13403 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13404
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13405 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13406 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13407 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13408 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13409 only look in the To and From fields.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13410 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13411
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13412 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13413 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13414 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13415 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13416 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13417
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13418 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13419 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13420 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13421 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13422 look in the whole message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13423 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13424
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13425 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13426 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13427 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13428
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13429 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13430 *Function to decode summary-line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13431
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13432 By default, `identity' is set.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13433
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
13434 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
13435 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
13436 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
13437 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
13438 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
13439 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
13440 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
13441
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
13442 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
13443 sent by you under different user names.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
13444 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail adresses.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
13445
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
13446 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
13447
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13448 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13449
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13450 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "mail/rnewspost.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
13451 ;;;;;; (14660 49436))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13452 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rnewspost.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13453
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13454 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13455 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13456 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13457 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13458
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13459 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13460
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13461 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window) "rot13"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
13462 ;;;;;; "rot13.el" (12536 45574))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13463 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13464
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13465 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13466 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13467 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13468
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13469 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13470 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13471
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13472 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13473
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13474 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13475 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13476 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13477 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "rsz-mini.el" (14301 25409))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13478 ;;; Generated autoloads from rsz-mini.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13479
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13480 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13481 *This variable is obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13482
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13483 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13484
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13485 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13486
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13487 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13488 *This variable is obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13489
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13490 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13491 *This variable is obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13492
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13493 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13494 *This variable is obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13495
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13496 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13497 *This variable is obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13498
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13499 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13500 *This variable is obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13501
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13502 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13503 This function is obsolete." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13504
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13505 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13506
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13507 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
13508 ;;;;;; (14821 46406))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13509 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13510
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13511 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13512 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
13513 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13514
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13515 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13516 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13517 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13518 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
13519 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
13520 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
13521 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
13522 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13523
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13524 Commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13525 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13526 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13527 \\{scheme-mode-map}
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
13528 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13529 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13530
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13531 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13532 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
13533 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13534
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13535 Commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13536 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13537 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13538 \\{scheme-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13539 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13540 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13541 that variable's value is a string." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13542
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13543 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13544
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13545 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
13546 ;;;;;; (14792 2703))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13547 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13548
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13549 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13550 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13551 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13552
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13553 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13554
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13555 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13556
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
13557 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (14381
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
13558 ;;;;;; 56615))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13559 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13560
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13561 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13562 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
13563 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13564 \\{scribe-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13565
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13566 Interesting variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13567
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13568 scribe-fancy-paragraphs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13569 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13570
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13571 scribe-electric-quote
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13572 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13573
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13574 scribe-electric-parenthesis
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13575 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13576 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13577
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13578 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13579
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13580 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13581 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13582 ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator mail-yank-ignored-headers
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13583 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
13584 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (14816 63829))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13585 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13586
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13587 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13588 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13589
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13590 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13591 king@grassland.com
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13592 If `parens', they look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13593 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13594 If `angles', they look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13595 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13596 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13597 derived from the envelope-from address.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13598
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13599 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13600 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13601 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13602 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13603
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
13604 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13605 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13606 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in `user-mail-address'.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13607
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13608 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13609 is a privileged operation.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13610
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13611 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13612 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13613 This is done when the message is initialized,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13614 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13615
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13616 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13617 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13618 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13619
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13620 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13621 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13622
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13623 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13624 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13625 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13626 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13627
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13628 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13629 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13630
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13631 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13632 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13633 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13634
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13635 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13636 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13637 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13638 when you first send mail.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13639
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13640 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13641 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13642 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13643 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13644 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13645
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13646 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13647 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13648 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13649 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13650 This file need not actually exist.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13651
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13652 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13653 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13654 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13655 If a string, that string is inserted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13656 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13657 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13658 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13659 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13660
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13661 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13662 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13663 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13664 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13665 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13666 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13667 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13668 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13669 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13670 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13671 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13672 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13673 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13674
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13675 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13676 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13677 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13678 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13679 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13680 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13681
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13682 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13683 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13684 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13685
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13686 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13687 User should not set this variable manually,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13688 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13689 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13690 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13691 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13692
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13693 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13694 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13695 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13696 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13697
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13698 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13699 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13700
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13701 \\<mail-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13702 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13703
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13704 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13705 to move to message header fields:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13706 \\{mail-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13707
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13708 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13709 when the message is initialized.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13710
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13711 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13712 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13713
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13714 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13715 is inserted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13716
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13717 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13718 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13719
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13720 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13721 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13722
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13723 The second through fifth arguments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13724 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13725 the initial contents of those header fields.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13726 These arguments should not have final newlines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13727 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13728 original message being replied to, or else an action
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13729 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13730 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13731 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13732 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13733 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13734 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13735
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13736 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13737 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13738
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13739 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13740 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13741
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13742 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13743
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
13744 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (14754 19514))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13745 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13746
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13747 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13748 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13749 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13750 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13751 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13752 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13753
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13754 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13755
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13756 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13757
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13758 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
13759 ;;;;;; (14501 47217))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13760 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13761
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13762 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13763 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13764 Makes > match <. Makes / blink matching /.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13765 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \" and ' can be electric depending on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13766 `sgml-quick-keys'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13767
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13768 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13769 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13770 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13771
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13772 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13773 your `.emacs' file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13774
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13775 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13776
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13777 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13778 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13779 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13780
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13781 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13782 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13783 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13784 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13785 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13786 which this is based.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13787
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13788 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13789
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13790 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13791 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13792 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13793 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13794
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13795 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13796 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13797 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13798
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13799 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13800 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13801 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13802 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13803
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13804 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13805 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13806 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13807 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13808
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13809 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13810
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13811 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13812 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13813 To work around that, do:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13814 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13815
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13816 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13817
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13818 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13819
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13820 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
13821 ;;;;;; (14834 5677))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13822 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13823
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13824 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13825
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13826 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13827 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13828 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13829 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13830 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13831 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13832
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13833 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13834 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13835 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13836 shell-specific features.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13837
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13838 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13839 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13840 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13841
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13842 \\[sh-case] case statement
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13843 \\[sh-for] for loop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13844 \\[sh-function] function definition
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13845 \\[sh-if] if statement
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13846 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13847 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13848 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13849 \\[sh-select] select loop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13850 \\[sh-until] until loop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13851 \\[sh-while] while loop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13852
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13853 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13854 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13855 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13856 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13857 would indent to the way it currently is.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13858 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
13859 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13860
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13861
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13862 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13863 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13864 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13865 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13866 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13867 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13868
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13869 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13870 {, (, [, ', \", `
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13871 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13872
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13873 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13874 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13875 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13877 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13878 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13879
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13880 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13881
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13882 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13883
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13884 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13885 ;;;;;; (13667 35245))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13886 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13887
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13888 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13889 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13890
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13891 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13892 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13893 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13894 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13895 the earlier.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13896
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13897 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13898
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13899 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13900
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13901 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13902 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13903 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13904
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13905 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13906 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13907
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13908 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13909 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13910 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13911 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13912 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13913 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13914 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13915 emacs version).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13916
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13917 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13918 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13919 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13920 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13921 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13922
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13923 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13924 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13925 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13926
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13927 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13928
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
13929 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
13930 ;;;;;; (14841 19790))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13931 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13932
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
13933 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
13934 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
13935 For shells that match this regexp, Emacs will write out the
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
13936 command history when the shell finishes.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13937
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13938 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
13939 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
13940 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
13941 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
13942 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13943 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13944 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13945 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13946 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13947 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13948 discards input when it starts up.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13949 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13950 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13951 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13952
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13953 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13954 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13955 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13956 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13957 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13958 `default-process-coding-system'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13959
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13960 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13961 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13962 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13963 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13964
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13965 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13966 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13967
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13968 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13969
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13970 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (14256
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13971 ;;;;;; 23740))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13972 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13973
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13974 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13975 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13976 \\{simula-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13977 Variables controlling indentation style:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13978 simula-tab-always-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13979 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13980 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13981 simula-indent-level
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13982 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13983 simula-substatement-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13984 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13985 simula-continued-statement-offset 3
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13986 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13987 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13988 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13989 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13990 simula-label-offset -4711
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13991 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13992 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13993 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13994 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13995 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13996 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13997 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13998 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13999 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14000 simula-electric-indent nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14001 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14002 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14003 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14004 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14005 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14006 or nil if they should not be changed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14007 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14008 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14009 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14010 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14011
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14012 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14013 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14014
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14015 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14016 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14017 at all." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14018
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14019 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14020
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14021 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14022 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14023 ;;;;;; (13940 33497))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14024 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14025
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14026 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14027 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14028
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14029 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14030 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14031 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14032 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14033 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14034
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14035 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14036 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14037 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14038 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14039 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14040 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14041 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14042
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14043 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14044 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14045 ignored." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14046
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14047 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14048 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14049 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14050 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14051 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14052 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14053 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14054
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14055 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14056 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14057 ignored." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14058
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14059 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14060 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14061
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14062 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14063 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14064 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14065 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14066
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14067 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14068 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14069 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14070 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14071
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14072 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14073 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14074 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14075
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14076 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14077 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14078
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14079 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14080 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14081
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14082 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14083 _ interesting point, interregion here, point after termination
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14084 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14085 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14086 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14087 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14088 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14089 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14090 nil skipped
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14091
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14092 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14093 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14094 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14095 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14096 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14097 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14098 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14099 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14100
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14101 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14102 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14103 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14104 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14105 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14106 available:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14107
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14108 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14109 then: insert previously read string once more
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14110 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14111 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14112 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14113
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14114 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14115 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14116
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14117 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14118 Insert the character you type ARG times.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14119
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14120 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14121 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14122 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14123 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14124
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14125 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14126 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14127 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14128
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14129 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14130
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
14131 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (14814
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
14132 ;;;;;; 33056))
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14133 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14134
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14135 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14136 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14137 \\{smerge-mode-map}" t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14138
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14139 ;;;***
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14140
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
14141 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "gnus/smiley-ems.el"
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
14142 ;;;;;; (14811 40584))
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
14143 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley-ems.el
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
14144
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
14145 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "\
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
14146 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images." t nil)
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
14147
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
14148 ;;;***
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
14149
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14150 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el"
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
14151 ;;;;;; (14342 21630))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14152 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14153
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14154 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14155
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14156 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14157
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14158 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (13700 16733))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14159 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14160
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14161 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14162 Play the Snake game.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14163 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14164
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14165 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14166
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14167 snake-mode keybindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14168 \\<snake-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14169 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14170 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14171 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14172 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14173 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14174 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14175 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14176
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14177 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14178
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14179 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14180
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
14181 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
14182 ;;;;;; (14550 9134))
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
14183 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14184
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14185 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14186 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14187 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14188 Tab indents for C code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14189 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14190 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14191 \\{snmp-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14192 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14193 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14194
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14195 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14196 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14197 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14198 Tab indents for C code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14199 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14200 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14201 \\{snmp-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14202 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14203 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14204
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14205 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14206
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14207 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14208 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14209 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (13462 53924))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14210 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14211
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14212 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14213 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14214
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14215 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14216 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14217 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14218
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14219 For example, the form
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14220
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14221 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14222 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14223
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14224 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14225
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14226 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14227 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14228
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14229 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14230 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14231 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14232 York City.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14233
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14234 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14235
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14236 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14237 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14238
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14239 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14240 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14241 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14242 York City.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14243
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14244 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14245
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14246 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14247 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14248 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14249 pair.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14250
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14251 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14252
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14253 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14254 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14255 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14256
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14257 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14258 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14259
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14260 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14261
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14262 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14263 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14264 Requires floating point." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14265
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14266 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14267
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14268 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (13672
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14269 ;;;;;; 20348))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14270 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14271
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14272 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14273 Play Solitaire.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14274
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14275 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14276 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14277 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14278 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14279 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14280 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14281 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14282 check after each move or undo)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14283
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14284 What is Solitaire?
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14285
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14286 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14287 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14288 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14289
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14290 Le Solitaire
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14291 ============
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14292
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14293 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14294
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14295 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14296
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14297 o o o o o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14298
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14299 o o o . o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14300
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14301 o o o o o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14302
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14303 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14304
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14305 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14306
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14307 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14308 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14309 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14310 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14311
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14312 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14313 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14314 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14315 this: o o .
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14316
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14317 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14318 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14319
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14320 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14321
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14322 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14323
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14324 . o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14325
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14326 o o . o o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14327
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14328 o . o o o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14329
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14330 o o o o o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14331
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14332 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14333
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14334 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14335
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14336 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14337
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14338 \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14339
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14340 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14341
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14342 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14343 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
14344 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (14481 36842))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14345 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14346
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14347 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14348 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14349 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14350
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14351 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14352 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14353 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14354 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14355 contiguous.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14356
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14357 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14358 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14359 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14360 the sort order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14361
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14362 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14363 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14364
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14365 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14366 It moves point to the start of the next record.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14367 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14368 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14369 is called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14370
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14371 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14372 It should move point to the end of the record.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14373
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14374 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14375 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14376 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14377 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14378 starts at the beginning of the record.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14379
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14380 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14381 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14382 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14383
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14384 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14385 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14386 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14387 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14388 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14389 the sort order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14390
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14391 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14392 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14393 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14394 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14395 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14396 the sort order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14397
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14398 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14399 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14400 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14401 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14402 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14403 the sort order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14404
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14405 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14406 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14407 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
14408 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
14409 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
14410 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14411 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14412 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14413 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14414
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14415 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14416 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14417 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14418 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14419 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14420 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14421 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14422 the sort order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14423
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14424 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14425 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14426 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14427 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14428 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14429 is to be used for sorting.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14430 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14431 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14432 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14433 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14434 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14435
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14436 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14437
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14438 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14439 the sort order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14440
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14441 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14442 starting with the letter \"f\",
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14443 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14444
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14445 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14446 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14447 For the purpose of this command, the region includes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14448 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14449 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14450 A prefix argument means sort into reverse order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14451 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14452 the sort order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14453
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14454 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14455 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14456 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14457 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14458 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14459
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14460 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14461 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14462 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14463
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14464 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14465
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14466 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
14467 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (14782 11914))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14468 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14469
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14470 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14471
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14472 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14473 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14474 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14475 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14476 supported at a time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14477 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14478 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14479
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14480 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14481 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14482 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14483 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14484
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14485 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14486
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14487 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14488 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (13553 46858))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14489 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14490
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14491 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14492
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14493 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14494 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14495 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14496 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14497 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14498 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14499
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14500 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14501 Check spelling of word at or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14502 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14503 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14504
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14505 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14506 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14507 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14508 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14509 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14510
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14511 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14512 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14513
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14514 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14515
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
14516 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (14816
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
14517 ;;;;;; 63829))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14518 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14519
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14520 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14521 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14522
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14523 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14524 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14525
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14526 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14527
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14528 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-postgres sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14529 ;;;;;; sql-informix sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-mode sql-help) "sql"
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
14530 ;;;;;; "progmodes/sql.el" (14829 52426))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14531 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14532
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14533 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14534 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14535
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14536 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14537 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14538
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14539 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14540
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14541 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14542
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14543 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14544
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14545 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14546 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14547 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14548 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14549 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14550 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14551 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14552
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14553 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14554
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14555 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14556 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14557 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14558 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14559
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14560 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14561 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14562 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14563 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14564
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14565 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14566 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14567 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14568
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14569 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14570 Major mode to edit SQL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14571
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14572 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14573 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14574 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14575
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14576 \\{sql-mode-map}
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14577 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14578
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14579 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14580 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14581 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14582 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14583 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14584 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14585
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14586 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14587 `sql-interactive-mode'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14588
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14589 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14590 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14591
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14592 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14593 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14594 `*SQL*'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14595
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14596 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14597 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14598 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14599 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14600
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14601 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14602 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14603
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14604 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14605 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14606 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14607 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14608 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14609 `default-process-coding-system'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14610
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14611 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14612
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14613 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14614 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14615
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14616 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14617 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14618 `*SQL*'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14619
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14620 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
14621 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
14622 `sql-database' as defaults, if set.
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14623
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14624 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14625 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14626
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14627 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14628 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14629 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14630 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14631 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14632 `default-process-coding-system'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14633
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14634 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14635
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14636 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14637 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14638
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14639 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14640 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14641 `*SQL*'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14642
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14643 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14644 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14645
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14646 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14647 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14648
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14649 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14650 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14651 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14652 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14653 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14654 `default-process-coding-system'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14655
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14656 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14657
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14658 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14659 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14660
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14661 Note that the widespread idea that mysql is free software is inaccurate;
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14662 its license is too restrictive. We urge you to use PostGres instead.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14663
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14664 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14665 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14666 `*SQL*'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14667
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14668 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14669 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14670 `sql-server' as defaults, if set.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14671
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14672 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14673 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14674
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14675 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14676 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14677 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14678 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14679 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14680 `default-process-coding-system'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14681
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14682 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14683
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14684 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14685 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14686
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14687 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14688 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14689 `*SQL*'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14690
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14691 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14692 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14693 defaults, if set.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14694
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14695 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14696 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14697
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14698 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14699 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14700 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14701 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14702 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14703 `default-process-coding-system'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14704
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14705 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14706
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14707 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14708 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14709
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14710 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14711 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14712 `*SQL*'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14713
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14714 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14715 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14716
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14717 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14718 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14719
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14720 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14721 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14722 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14723 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14724 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14725 `default-process-coding-system'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14726
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14727 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14728
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14729 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14730 Run isql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14731
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14732 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14733 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14734 `*SQL*'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14735
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14736 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14737 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14738 as defaults, if set.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14739
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14740 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14741 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14742
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14743 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14744 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14745 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14746 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14747 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14748 `default-process-coding-system'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14749
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14750 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14751
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14752 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14753 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14754
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14755 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14756 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14757 `*SQL*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14758
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14759 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14760 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14761
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14762 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14763 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14764
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14765 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14766 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14767 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14768 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14769 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14770 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14771 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14772 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14773
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14774 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14775 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14776
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14777 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14778
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14779 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14780
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
14781 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
14782 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
14783 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
14784 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
14785 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke strokes-mode) "strokes" "strokes.el"
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
14786 ;;;;;; (14788 10033))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14787 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14788
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14789 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
14790 Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
14791 Setting this variable directly does not take effect. Use either Customize
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
14792 or M-x strokes-mode.")
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
14793
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
14794 (custom-add-to-group (quote strokes) (quote strokes-mode) (quote custom-variable))
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
14795
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
14796 (custom-add-load (quote strokes-mode) (quote strokes))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14797
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14798 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14799 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14800 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14801 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14802 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14803 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14804
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14805 (defalias (quote global-set-stroke) (quote strokes-global-set-stroke))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14806
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14807 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14808 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14809 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14810 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14811 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14812 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14813 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14814
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14815 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14816 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14817 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14818 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14819 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14820 then complete the stroke with button3.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14821 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14822
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14823 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
14824 Read a simple stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14825 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14826
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14827 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14828 Read a complex stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14829 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14830
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14831 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14832 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14833
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14834 (defalias (quote describe-stroke) (quote strokes-describe-stroke))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14835
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14836 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
14837 Get instructional help on using the `strokes' package." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14838
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14839 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14840 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14841
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14842 (defalias (quote load-user-strokes) (quote strokes-load-user-strokes))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14843
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
14844 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
14845 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
14846 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
14847 chronologically by command name.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
14848 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead." t nil)
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
14849
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14850 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14851 Toggle strokes being enabled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14852 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14853 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14854 mode in all buffers when activated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14855 By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14856 new strokes with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14857
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14858 > M-x global-set-stroke
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14859
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14860 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
14861 S-mouse-2, which draws strokes and inserts them. Encode/decode your
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14862 strokes with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14863
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14864 > M-x strokes-encode-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14865 > M-x strokes-decode-buffer" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14866
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
14867 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
14868 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
14869 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
14870 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status." t nil)
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
14871
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
14872 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
14873 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer." t nil)
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
14874
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14875 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14876
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
14877 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-word studlify-region) "studly" "play/studly.el"
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
14878 ;;;;;; (14816 63829))
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
14879 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
14880
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
14881 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
14882 Studlify-case the region" t nil)
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
14883
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
14884 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
14885 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument" t nil)
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
14886
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
14887 ;;;***
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
14888
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14889 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
14890 ;;;;;; (14565 55801))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14891 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14892
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14893 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14894 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14895 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14896 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14897 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14898 original message but it does require a few things:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14899
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14900 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14901
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14902 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14903 reply buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14904
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14905 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14906 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14907 original message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14908
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14909 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14910
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14911 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14912
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14913 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14914 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14915 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14916
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14917 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14918
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
14919 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8639))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14920 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14921
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14922 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14923 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14924 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14925 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14926 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14927
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14928 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14929 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14930 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14931 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14932 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14933 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14934 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14935
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14936 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14937
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14938 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (13229 29630))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14939 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14940
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14941 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14942 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14943
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14944 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14945
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14946 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (14664 40536))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14947 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14948
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14949 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14950 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14951 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14952 Letters no longer insert themselves.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14953 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14954 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14955 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14956
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14957 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14958 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14959 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14960 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14961
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14962 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14963 \\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14964
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14965 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14966
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14967 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
14968 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (14729 20675))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14969 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14970
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14971 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14972 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14973 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14974 Tab indents for Tcl code.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14975 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14976 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14977
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14978 Variables controlling indentation style:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14979 tcl-indent-level
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14980 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14981 tcl-continued-indent-level
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14982 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14983
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14984 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14985 documentation for details):
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14986 tcl-tab-always-indent
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14987 Controls action of TAB key.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14988 tcl-auto-newline
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14989 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14990 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14991 tcl-electric-hash-style
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14992 Controls action of `#' key.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14993 tcl-use-hairy-comment-detector
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14994 If t, use more complicated, but slower, comment detector.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14995 This variable is only used in Emacs 19.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14996 tcl-use-smart-word-finder
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14997 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14998 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14999
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15000 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15001 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15002 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15003 already exist.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15004
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15005 Commands:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15006 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15007
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15008 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15009 Run inferior Tcl process.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15010 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15011 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15012
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15013 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15014 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15015 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15016
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15017 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15018
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
15019 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (14729 20675))
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
15020 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15021 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15022
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15023 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15024 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15025 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15026 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15027 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15028 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15029 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15030 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15031
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15032 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15033 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15034 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15035 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15036
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15037 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15038
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
15039 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (14702
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
15040 ;;;;;; 63698))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15041 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15042
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15043 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15044 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15045 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15046 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15047 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15048 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15049
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15050 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15051 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15052
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15053 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15054 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15055
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15056 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15057
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15058 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (14758
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
15059 ;;;;;; 23449))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15060 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15061
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15062 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15063 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15064 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15065 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15066 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15067 program as keyboard input.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15068
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15069 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15070 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15071 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15072 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15073
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15074 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15075 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15076 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15077 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15078 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15079
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15080 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15081
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15082 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15083 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15084 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15085 terminal-redisplay-interval.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15086
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15087 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15088 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15089 subprocess started." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15090
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15091 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15092
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15093 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (13700 16411))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15094 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15095
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15096 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15097 Play the Tetris game.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15098 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15099 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15100 as to form complete rows.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15101
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15102 tetris-mode keybindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15103 \\<tetris-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15104 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15105 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15106 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15107 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15108 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15109 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15110 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15111 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15112
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15113 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15114
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15115 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15116
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15117 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15118 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15119 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15120 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15121 ;;;;;; tex-start-options-string slitex-run-command latex-run-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15122 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15123 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
15124 ;;;;;; (14825 31079))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15125 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15126
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15127 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15128 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15129
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15130 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15131 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15132 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15133 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15134 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15135
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15136 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15137 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15138 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15139 if it matches the first line of the file,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15140 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15141
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15142 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15143 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15144 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15145 if the variable is non-nil.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15146
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15147 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15148 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15149
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15150 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15151 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15152 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15153 See the documentation of that variable.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15154
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15155 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15156 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15157 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15158 See the documentation of that variable.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15159
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15160 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15161 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15162 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15163 See the documentation of that variable.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15164
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15165 (defvar tex-start-options-string "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15166 *TeX options to use when running TeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15167 These precede the input file name. If nil, TeX runs without option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15168 See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15169
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15170 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15171 *User defined LaTeX block names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15172 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15173
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15174 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15175 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15176 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15177 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15178
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15179 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15180 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15181 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15182 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15183
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15184 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15185 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15186 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15187 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15188
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15189 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15190 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15191 for example,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15192
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15193 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15194 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15195
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15196 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15197 use.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15198
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15199 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15200 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15201 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15202 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15203
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15204 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15205 window system being used. For example,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15206
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15207 (setq tex-dvi-view-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15208 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15209
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15210 would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15211 otherwise.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15212
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15213 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15214 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15215 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15216
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15217 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15218 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15219 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15220 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15221 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15222
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15223 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15224 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15225
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15226 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15227 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15228
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15229 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15230 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15231 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15232 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15233 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15234 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15235 says which mode to use." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15236
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15237 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15238
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15239 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15240
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15241 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15242
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15243 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15244 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15245 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15246 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15247 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15248
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15249 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15250 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15251 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15252 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15253 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15254 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15255 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15256
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15257 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15258 mismatched $'s or braces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15259
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15260 Special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15261 \\{tex-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15262
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15263 Mode variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15264 tex-run-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15265 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15266 tex-directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15267 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15268 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15269 tex-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15270 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15271 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15272 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15273 argument) to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15274 tex-dvi-view-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15275 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15276 tex-show-queue-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15277 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15278 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15279
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15280 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15281 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15282 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15283
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15284 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15285 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15286 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15287 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15288 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15289
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15290 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15291 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15292 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15293 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15294 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15295 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15296 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15297
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15298 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15299 mismatched $'s or braces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15300
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15301 Special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15302 \\{tex-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15303
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15304 Mode variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15305 latex-run-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15306 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15307 tex-directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15308 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15309 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15310 tex-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15311 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15312 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15313 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15314 argument) to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15315 tex-dvi-view-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15316 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15317 tex-show-queue-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15318 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15319 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15320
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15321 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15322 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15323 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15324
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15325 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15326 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15327 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15328 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15329 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15330
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15331 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15332 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15333 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15334 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15335 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15336 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15337 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15338
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15339 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15340 mismatched $'s or braces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15341
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15342 Special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15343 \\{tex-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15344
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15345 Mode variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15346 slitex-run-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15347 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15348 tex-directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15349 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15350 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15351 tex-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15352 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15353 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15354 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15355 argument) to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15356 tex-dvi-view-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15357 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15358 tex-show-queue-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15359 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15360 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15361
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15362 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15363 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15364 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15365 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15366
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15367 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15368
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15369 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15370
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15371 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15372 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (14600 36293))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15373 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15374
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15375 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15376 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15377 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15378 name specified in the @setfilename command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15379
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15380 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15381 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15382 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15383
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15384 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15385 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15386 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15387 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15388 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15389
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15390 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15391 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15392 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15393 names specified in the @setfilename command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15394
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15395 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15396 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15397 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15398 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15399
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15400 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15401 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15402
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15403 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15404
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15405 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el"
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
15406 ;;;;;; (14819 42855))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15407 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15408
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15409 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15410 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15411
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15412 It has these extra commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15413 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15414
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15415 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15416 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15417 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15418 modified version of TeX input format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15419
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15420 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15421 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15422 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15423 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15424
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15425 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15426 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15427 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15428 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15429 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15430 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15431 in the Texinfo file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15432
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15433 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15434 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15435 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15436 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15437 move forward past the closing brace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15438
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15439 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15440 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15441
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15442 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15443 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15444 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15445
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15446 Here are the functions:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15447
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15448 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15449 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15450 texinfo-sequential-node-update
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15451
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15452 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15453 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15454 texinfo-master-menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15455
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15456 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15457
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15458 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15459 which menu descriptions are indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15460
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15461 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15462 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15463 in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15464
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15465 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15466 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15467 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15468 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15469
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15470 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15471 be the first node in the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15472
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
15473 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
15474 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15475
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15476 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15477
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15478 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-sequential-node-update texinfo-every-node-update
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15479 ;;;;;; texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15480 ;;;;;; (14263 36019))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15481 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texnfo-upd.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15482
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15483 (autoload (quote texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15484 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15485 Interactively, a prefix argument means to operate on the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15486
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15487 The functions for creating or updating nodes and menus, and their
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15488 keybindings, are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15489
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15490 texinfo-update-node (&optional beginning end) \\[texinfo-update-node]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15491 texinfo-every-node-update () \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15492 texinfo-sequential-node-update (&optional region-p)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15493
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15494 texinfo-make-menu (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-make-menu]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15495 texinfo-all-menus-update () \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15496 texinfo-master-menu ()
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15497
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15498 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15499
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15500 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15501 which menu descriptions are indented. Its default value is 32." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15502
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15503 (autoload (quote texinfo-every-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15504 Update every node in a Texinfo file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15505
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15506 (autoload (quote texinfo-sequential-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15507 Update one node (or many) in a Texinfo file with sequential pointers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15508
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15509 This function causes the `Next' or `Previous' pointer to point to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15510 immediately preceding or following node, even if it is at a higher or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15511 lower hierarchical level in the document. Continually pressing `n' or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15512 `p' takes you straight through the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15513
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15514 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15515 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15516 marked region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15517
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15518 This command makes it awkward to navigate among sections and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15519 subsections; it should be used only for those documents that are meant
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15520 to be read like a novel rather than a reference, and for which the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15521 Info `g*' command is inadequate." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15522
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15523 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15524
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15525 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15526 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region)
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
15527 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (14647 32047))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15528 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15529
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15530 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15531 Compose Thai characters in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15532 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15533 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15534
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15535 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15536 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15537
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15538 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15539 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15540
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15541 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15542
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15543 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15544 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15545 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15546 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15547 to compose.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15548
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15549 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15550
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15551 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15552
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15553 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15554 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15555 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (14746 24125))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15556 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15557
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15558 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15559 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15560
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15561 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15562 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15563 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15564 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15565 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15566
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15567 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15568 a symbol as a valid THING.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15569
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15570 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15571 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15572
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15573 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15574 Return the THING at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15575 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15576 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15577 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15578
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15579 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15580 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15581
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15582 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15583
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15584 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15585
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15586 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15587
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15588 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15589
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15590 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15591
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15592 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-conversion tibetan-post-read-conversion
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15593 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer tibetan-composition-function
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
15594 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
15595 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15596 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (14672
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15597 ;;;;;; 33974))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15598 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15599
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15600 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15601 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15602 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15603
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15604 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15605 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15606
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15607 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15608 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15609 The returned string has no composition information." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15610
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15611 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15612 Compose Tibetan string STR." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15613
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15614 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15615 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END." t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15616
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
15617 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
15618 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
15619 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
15620 are decomposed into normal Tiebtan character sequences." t nil)
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
15621
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
15622 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
15623 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
15624 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
15625 are decomposed into normal Tiebtan character sequences." nil nil)
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15626
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15627 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15628
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15629 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15630 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15631 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15632
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15633 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15634 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15635 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15636
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15637 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15638
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15639 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15640
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15641 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15642
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15643 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
15644 ;;;;;; (14780 47087))
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15645 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15646
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15647 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15648 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15649 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15650 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15651 parameters.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15652 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15653
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15654 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15655 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15656 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15657 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15658 parameters.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15659 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15660
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15661 ;;;***
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15662
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15663 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15664 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (14807 56560))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15665 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15666
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15667 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15668 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15669
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15670 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15671 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15672 This display updates automatically every minute.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15673 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15674 are displayed as well.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15675 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15676
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15677 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15678 Toggle Display-Time mode.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15679 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15680 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15681
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15682 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable))
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15683
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15684 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time))
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15685
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15686 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15687 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15688 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15689
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15690 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15691 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15692 are displayed as well.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15693 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15694
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15695 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15696
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15697 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "gnus/time-date.el"
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15698 ;;;;;; (14791 27442))
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15699 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/time-date.el
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15700
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15701 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15702 Convert DATE into time." nil nil)
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15703
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15704 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15705 Parse DATE and return a time structure.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15706 If DATE is malformed, a zero time will be returned." nil nil)
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15707
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15708 ;;;***
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15709
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15710 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
15711 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (14838 53329))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15712 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15713
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15714 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15715 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15716 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15717 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15718 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15719 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15720 look like one of the following:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15721 Time-stamp: <>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15722 Time-stamp: \" \"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15723 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15724 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15725 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15726 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15727 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15728 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15729 template." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15730
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15731 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15732 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15733 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15734
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15735 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15736
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15737 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15738 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15739 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15740 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
15741 ;;;;;; (14823 8292))
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15742 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15743
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15744 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15745 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15746 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil, the modeline will be
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15747 updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise, the
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15748 timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its updating.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15749 With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only if ARG is
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15750 positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline display
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15751 \(non-nil means on)." t nil)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15752
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15753 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15754 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15755 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15756 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15757 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15758 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15759 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15760 this function is called within a day.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15761
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15762 PROJECT as the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15763 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15764 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15765 discover the name of the project." t nil)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15766
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15767 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15768 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15769 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15770 begun during the last time segment.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15771
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15772 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15773 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15774 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15775 discover the reason." t nil)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15776
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15777 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15778 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment." t nil)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15779
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15780 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15781 Change to working on a different project, by clocking in then out.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15782 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as having been
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15783 finished at the time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15784 project you were working on." t nil)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15785
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15786 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15787 Ask the user before clocking out.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15788 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-hook'." nil nil)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15789
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15790 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15791 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15792 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'." t nil)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15793
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15794 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15795 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15796 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15797 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15798 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15799 \"relative to today\"." t nil)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15800
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15801 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15802 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15803 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15804 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked." t nil)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15805
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15806 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15807 Return a string representing at what time the workday ends today.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15808 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15809 NO-MESSAGE is non-nil, no messages will be displayed in the
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15810 minibuffer. If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15811 will include seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15812 will be relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15813 This argument only makes a difference if `timeclock-relative' is
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15814 non-nil." t nil)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15815
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15816 ;;;***
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15817
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15818 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15819 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15820 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (14766 7772))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15821 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15822
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15823 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15824
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15825 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15826 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15827
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15828 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15829 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15830
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15831 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15832 Perform an action at time TIME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15833 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15834 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15835 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15836 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15837 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15838 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15839
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15840 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15841
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15842 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15843 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15844 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15845 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15846 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15847
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15848 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15849
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15850 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15851 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15852 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15853 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15854
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15855 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15856 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15857 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15858 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15859
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15860 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15861 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15862
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15863 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15864 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15865
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15866 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15867 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15868 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15869 The call should look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15870 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15871 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15872 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15873 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15874 be detected." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15875
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15876 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15877
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15878 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
15879 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (14816 17181))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15880 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15881
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15882 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15883 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15884 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15885 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15886
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15887 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15888 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15889 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15890 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15891 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15892 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15893 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15894
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15895 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15896
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15897 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
15898 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (14789 22295))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15899 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15900 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15901 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15902 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15903
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15904 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15905 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15906 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15907 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15908 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15909
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15910 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15911 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15912 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15913 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15914 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15915
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15916 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15917 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15918 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15919 in the menu in two ways:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15920 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15921 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15922 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15923
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15924 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15925 keymap or an alist of alists.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15926 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15927 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15928
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15929 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15930
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15931 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-print todo-save-top-priorities todo-top-priorities)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15932 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (14690 14754))
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15933 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15934
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15935 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15936 List top priorities for each category.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15937
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15938 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15939 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15940
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15941 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15942 between each category." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15943
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15944 (autoload (quote todo-save-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15945 Save top priorities for each category in `todo-file-top'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15946
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15947 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15948 defaults to `todo-show-priorities'." t nil)
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15949
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15950 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
15951 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15952 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15953 between each category.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15954
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15955 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'." t nil)
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15956
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15957 ;;;***
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15958
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
15959 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-add-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
15960 ;;;;;; tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (14837 50479))
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15961 ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15962
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15963 (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15964 Toggle Tool-Bar mode.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15965 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15966 use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.")
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15967
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15968 (custom-add-to-group (quote frames) (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote custom-variable))
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15969
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15970 (custom-add-load (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote tool-bar))
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15971
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15972 (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15973 Toggle use of the tool bar.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15974 With ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15975
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15976 See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15977 conveniently adding tool bar items." t nil)
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15978
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15979 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15980 Add an item to the tool bar.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15981 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
15982 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
15983 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
15984 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15985
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15986 ICON is the base name of a file cnntaining the image to use. The
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
15987 function will try to use first ICON.xpm, ICON.pbm then ICON.xbm using
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
15988 `find-image'.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
15989
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
15990 Keybindings are made in the map `tool-bar-map'. To define items in
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
15991 some local map, bind `tool-bar-map' with `let' around calls of this
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
15992 function." nil nil)
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
15993
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
15994 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
15995 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
15996 The binding of COMMAND is looked up in the menu bar in MAP (default
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
15997 `global-map') and modified to add an image specification for ICON, which
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
15998 is looked for as by `tool-bar-add-item'.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
15999 MAP must contain an appropriate keymap bound to `[menu-bar]'.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
16000 PROPS is a list of additional properties to add to the binding.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
16001
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
16002 Keybindings are made in the map `tool-bar-map'. To define items in
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
16003 some local map, bind `tool-bar-map' with `let' around calls of this
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
16004 function." nil nil)
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16005
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16006 ;;;***
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16007
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16008 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
16009 ;;;;;; (14822 58259))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16010 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16011
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16012 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16013 Mode for tooltip display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16014 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16015
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16016 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16017 Toggle tooltip-mode.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16018 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16019 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16020
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16021 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16022
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16023 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16024
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16025 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16026
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16027 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (14299
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16028 ;;;;;; 63726))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16029 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16030
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16031 (fset (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16032
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16033 (fset (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16034
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16035 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16036 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16037
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16038 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16039
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16040 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16041 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (13623 36919))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16042 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16043
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16044 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16045 Set scroll margins." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16046
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16047 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16048 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16049
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16050 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16051 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16052
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16053 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16054
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16055 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (13509 34547))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16056 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16057
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16058 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16059 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16060 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16061 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16062 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16063
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16064 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16065
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16066 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
16067 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (14583 8560))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16068 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16069
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16070 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16071 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16072
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16073 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16074 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16075 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16076 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16077 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16078 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16079 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16080 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16081
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16082 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16083 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16084 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16085 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16086 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16087 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16088 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16089
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16090 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16091
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16092 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16093 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (13940 33924))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16094 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16095 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16096 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16097 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16098
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16099 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16100 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16101 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16102 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16103 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16104 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16105 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16106
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16107 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16108 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16109 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16110 accepting the proposed default buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16111
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16112 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16113
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16114 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16115 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16116 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16117 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16118 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16119 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16120 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16121
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16122 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16123 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16124
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16125 First column's text sSs Second column's text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16126 \\___/\\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16127 / \\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16128 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16129
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16130 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16131
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16132 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16133
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16134 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16135 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16136 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
16137 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14716 17385))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16138 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16139
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16140 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16141 Toggle typing break mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16142 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16143 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16144 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16145
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16146 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16147
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16148 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16149
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16150 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16151 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16152
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16153 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16154 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16155
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16156 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16157 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16158 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16159
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16160 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16161 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16162
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16163 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16164 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16165 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16166
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16167 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16168 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16169 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16170 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16171 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16172 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16173
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16174 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16175 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16176 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16177 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16178
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16179 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16180 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16181
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16182 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16183 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16184
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16185 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16186 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16187 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16188
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16189 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16190 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16191 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16192 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16193 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16194 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16195 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16196
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16197 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16198 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16199
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16200 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16201 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16202 reset the keystroke counter.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16203
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16204 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16205 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16206 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16207 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16208
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16209 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16210 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16211 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16212 `type-break-schedule' command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16213
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16214 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16215 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16216 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16217 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16218 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16219 or not to continue.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16220
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16221 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16222 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16223 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16224 approximate good values for this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16225
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16226 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16227 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16228
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16229 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16230 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16231 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16232 `type-break-warning-repeat'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16233 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16234 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16235
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16236 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16237 a typing break occur. They include:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16238
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16239 `type-break-query-mode'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16240 `type-break-query-function'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16241 `type-break-query-interval'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16242
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16243 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16244
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16245 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16246 Take a typing break.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16247
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16248 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16249 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16250
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16251 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16252 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16253
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16254 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16255 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16256 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16257 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16258
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16259 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16260 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16261
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16262 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16263 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16264 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16265 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16266 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16267 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16268 average typing speed.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16269
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16270 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16271 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16272 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16273 the computed maximum threshold.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16274
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16275 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16276 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16277 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16278 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16279 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16280
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16281 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16282
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16283 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16284 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (14228 39817))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16285 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16286
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16287 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16288 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16289 Works by overstriking underscores.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16290 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16291 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16292
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16293 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16294 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16295 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16296 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16297
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16298 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16299
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16300 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16301 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (14473 58848))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16302 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16303
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16304 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16305 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16306 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16307
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16308 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16309 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16310 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16311 following the containing message." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16312
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16313 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16314
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16315 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16316 ;;;;;; (13229 29740))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16317 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16318
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16319 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16320 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16321 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16322 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16323 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16324 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16325
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16326 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16327 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16328
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16329 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16330
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16331 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16332 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (14365 43399))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16333 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16334
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16335 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16336 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16337 This function has a choice of three things to do:
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
16338 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16339 to refrain from editing the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16340 return t (grab the lock on the file)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16341 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16342 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16343 in any way you like." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16344
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16345 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16346 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16347 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16348 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16349 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16350
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16351 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16352 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16353
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16354 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16355
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16356 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-external)
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16357 ;;;;;; "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el" (14791 27471))
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16358 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16359
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16360 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16361 Uudecode region between START and END with external decoder.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16362
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16363 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME." t nil)
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16364
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16365 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16366 Uudecode region between START and END.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16367 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME." t nil)
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16368
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16369 ;;;***
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16370
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16371 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16372 ;;;;;; vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16373 ;;;;;; vc-create-snapshot vc-directory vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16374 ;;;;;; vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window vc-diff vc-register
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16375 ;;;;;; vc-next-action edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-before-checkin-hook
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
16376 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (14841 30887))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16377 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16378
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16379 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16380 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16381 See `run-hooks'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16382
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16383 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16384 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file gets checked in.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16385 See `run-hooks'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16386
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16387 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16388 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary and execute the body.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16389 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16390 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16391 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16392 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16393
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16394 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16395 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16396 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16397 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16398 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16399
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16400 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16401 Do the next logical checkin or checkout operation on the current file.
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16402
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16403 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16404 it will operate on the file in the current line.
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16405
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16406 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16407 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16408 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16409 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16410 lock steals will raise an error.
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16411
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16412 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16413
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16414 For RCS and SCCS files:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16415 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16416 control.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16417 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16418 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16419 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16420 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16421 it performs a revert.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16422 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16423 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16424 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16425 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16426 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16427 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16428 the option to steal the lock.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16429
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16430 For CVS files:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16431 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16432 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16433 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16434 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16435 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16436 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16437 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16438 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16439 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16440
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16441 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16442 Register the current file into a version control system.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16443 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16444 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16445
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16446 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16447 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16448 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16449 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16450 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16451 first backend that could register the file is used." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16452
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16453 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16454 Display diffs between file versions.
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16455 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most recent
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16456 checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16457 With a prefix argument, it reads the file name to use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16458 and two version designators specifying which versions to compare." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16459
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16460 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16461 Visit version REV of the current buffer in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16462 If the current buffer is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16463 If `F.~REV~' already exists, it is used instead of being re-created." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16464
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16465 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16466 Insert headers in a file for use with your version control system.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16467 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16468 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'." t nil)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16469
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16470 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16471 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16472 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16473 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16474 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16475 from the current branch.
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16476
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16477 See Info node `Merging'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16478
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16479 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16480 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16481 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16482
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16483 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16484 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16485
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16486 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16487
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16488 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16489 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16490
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16491 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16492 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16493 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16494 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16495 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16496 are checked out in that new branch." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16497
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16498 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16499 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16500 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16501 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16502 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16503 allowed and simply skipped)." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16504
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16505 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16506 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16507
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16508 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16509 Revert the current buffer's file back to the version it was based on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16510 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16511 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16512 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16513
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16514 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16515 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16516 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16517
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16518 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16519 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16520
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16521 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16522 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16523 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16524 directory.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16525
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16526 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16527
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16528 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16529 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16530 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16531
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16532 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16533 log entries should be gathered." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16534
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16535 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16536 Display the result of the \"Annotate\" command using colors.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16537 \"Annotate\" is defined by `vc-BACKEND-annotate-command'. New lines
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16538 are displayed in red, old in blue. A prefix argument specifies a
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16539 factor for stretching the time scale.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16540
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16541 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16542 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16543 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16544 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16545
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16546 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16547
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
16548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (14842 10637))
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16549 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16550 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16551 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16552 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16553 (require 'vc-cvs)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16554 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16555
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16556 ;;;***
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16557
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16558 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
16559 ;;;;;; (14810 32085))
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16560 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16561
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16562 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16563 *Where to look for RCS master files.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16564 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16565
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16566 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote RCS) f))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16567
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16568 ;;;***
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16569
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16570 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
16571 ;;;;;; (14777 38159))
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16572 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16573
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16574 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16575 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16576 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16577
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16578 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote SCCS) f))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16579
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16580 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16581 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16582 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16583 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16584
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16585 ;;;***
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16586
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16587 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16588 ;;;;;; (14385 23382))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16589 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16590
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16591 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16592 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16593
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16594 Usage:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16595 ------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16596
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16597 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16598 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16599 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16600 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16601 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16602 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16603 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16604 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16605 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16606 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16607 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16608 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16609 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16610 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16611 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16612 The following abbreviations can also be used:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16613 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16614 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16615 (see CUSTOMIZATION).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16616
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16617 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16618 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16619 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16620
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16621 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16622 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16623 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16624 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16625 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16626 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16627 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16628 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16629 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16630
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16631 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16632 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16633 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16634 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16635 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16636 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16637 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16638 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\").
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16639
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16640 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16641 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16642 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16643
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16644 - COMMENTS:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16645 `--' puts a single comment.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16646 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16647 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16648 comment in between.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16649 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16650 following lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16651 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16652 uncomments a region if already commented out.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16653
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16654 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16655 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16656 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16657 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16658 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16659 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16660 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16661 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16662 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16663 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16664 multi-line comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16665
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16666 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16667 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16668 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16669 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16670 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16671 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16672 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16673 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16674 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16675
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16676 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16677 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16678 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16679 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16680 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16681 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16682 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16683 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16684 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16685 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16686
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16687 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16688 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16689 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16690 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16691 parameters, and as a test bench (menu).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16692 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16693 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16694 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16695 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16696 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16697 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16698 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16699 See customization group `vhdl-port'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16700
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16701 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16702
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16703 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16704 menu).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16705
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16706 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16707
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16708 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16709 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16710 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16711 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16712 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16713
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16714 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16715 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16716 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16717 variable `vhdl-project-alist').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16718 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16719 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16720 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16721 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16722 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16723
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16724 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16725 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16726 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16727 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16728 specified.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16729
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16730 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16731 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16732 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16733 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16734 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16735 the current directory for VHDL source files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16736
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16737 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16738 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16739 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16740 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16741 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16742 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16743 `vhdl-compiler-options'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16744 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16745 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16746 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16747 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16748
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16749 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16750 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16751 Math Packages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16752
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16753 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16754 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16755 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16756 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16757 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16758 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16759 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16760 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16761
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16762 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16763 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16764 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16765 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16766 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16767 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16768
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16769 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16770 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16771 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16772 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16773 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16774
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16775 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16776 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16777 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16778 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16779 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16780
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16781 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16782 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16783 highlighted if written in lower case.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16784
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16785 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16786 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16787 is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16788
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16789 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16790 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16791 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16792
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16793 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16794 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16795 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16796
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16797 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16798 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16799 `vhdl-hideshow-menu').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16800
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16801 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16802 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16803 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16804 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16805 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16806 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16807 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16808
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16809 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16810 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16811 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16812 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16813 site-wide, read the INSTALL file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16814
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16815 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16816 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\",
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16817 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16818 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16819
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16820 - HINTS:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16821 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16822
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16823
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16824 Maintenance:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16825 ------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16826
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16827 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16828 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16830 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16831
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16832 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16833 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16834 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16835 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16836
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16837 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16838 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16839 version and release notes can be found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16840
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16841
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16842 Bugs and Limitations:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16843 ---------------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16844
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16845 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16846 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16847 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16848 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16849 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16850 does not work under XEmacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16851
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16852
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16853 The VHDL Mode Maintainers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16854 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16855
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16856 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16857 -------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16858
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16859 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16860
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16861 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16862
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16863 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (13229 29773))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16864 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16865
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16866 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16867 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16868 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16869 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16870
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16871 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16872 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16873 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16874 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16875 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16877 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16878 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16879
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16880 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16881
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16882 * Limitations and unsupported features
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16883 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16884 not supported.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16885 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16886 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16887
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16888 * Modifications
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16889 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16890 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16891 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16892 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16893 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16894 for undoing a repeated change command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16895 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16896 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16897 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16898
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16899 * Extensions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16900 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16901 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16902 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16903 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16904 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16905 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16906 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16907 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16908
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16909 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16910
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16911 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16912
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16913 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16914 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16915 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16916 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (14623 45992))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16917 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16918
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16919 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16920 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16921
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16922 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16923 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16924 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16925 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16926
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16927 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16928 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16929
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16930 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16931 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16932 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16933 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16934
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16935 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16936 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16937
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16938 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16939
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16940 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16941
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16942 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16943
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16944 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16945 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16946 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (14788
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
16947 ;;;;;; 64255))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16948 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16949
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16950 (defvar view-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16951 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16952 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16953 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16954
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16955 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16956
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16957 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16958 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16959 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16960 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16961 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16962 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16963 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16964
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16965 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16966
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16967 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16968 View FILE in View mode in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16969 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16970 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16971 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16972 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16973 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16974 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16975
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16976 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16977
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16978 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16979 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16980 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16981 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16982 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16983 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16984 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16985 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16986
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16987 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16988
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16989 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16990 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16991 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16992 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16993 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16994 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16995 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16996
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16997 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16998
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16999 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17000 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17001 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17002
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17003 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17004 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17005 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17006 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17007 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17008 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17009 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17010 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17011
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17012 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17013
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17014 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17015 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17016 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17017
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17018 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17019 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17020 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17021 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17022 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17023 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17024 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17025 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17026
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17027 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17028
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17029 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17030 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17031 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17032
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17033 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17034 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
17035 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17036
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17037 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17038 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17039 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17040 read-only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17041 \\<view-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17042 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17043 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17044 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17045 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17046 commands default to a repeat count of one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17047
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17048 H, h, ? This message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17049 Digits provide prefix arguments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17050 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17051 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17052 > move to the end of buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17053 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
17054 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
17055 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
17056 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
17057 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
17058 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
17059 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
17060 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
17061 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
17062 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
17063 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
17064 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
17065 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17066 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17067 Use this to view a changing file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17068 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17069 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17070 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17071 . set the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17072 x exchanges point and mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17073 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17074 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17075 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17076 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17077 ' go to position saved in character register.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17078 s do forward incremental search.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17079 r do reverse incremental search.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17080 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17081 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17082 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17083 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17084 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17085 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17086 p searches backward for last regular expression.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17087 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17088 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17089 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17090 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17091 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17092 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17093 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17094 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17095
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17096 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
17097 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
17098 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
17099 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
17100 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
17101 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
17102 will return to that buffer.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17103
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17104 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17105
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17106 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17107 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17108 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17109 `view-return-to-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17110 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17111 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17112 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17113
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17114 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17115 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17116 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17117 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17118 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17119 1) nil Do nothing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17120 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17121 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17122 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
17123 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17124
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17125 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17126
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17127 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17128
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17129 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17130 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17131
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17132 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17133
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17134 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (13650 13703))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17135 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17136
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17137 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17138 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17139
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17140 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17141
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17142 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
17143 ;;;;;; (14651 36650))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17144 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17145
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17146 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17147 Toggle Viper on/off.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
17148 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17149
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17150 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17151 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17152
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17153 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17154
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
17155 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (14550 8900))
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
17156 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17157
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17158 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17159 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17160
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17161 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17162 hotlist.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17163
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17164 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17165 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17166
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17167 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17168
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17169 ;;;### (autoloads (which-func-mode which-func-mode-global) "which-func"
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
17170 ;;;;;; "which-func.el" (14813 6100))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17171 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17172
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17173 (defvar which-func-mode-global nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17174 *Toggle `which-func-mode' globally.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17175 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17176 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-func-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17177
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17178 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17179
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17180 (custom-add-load (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote which-func))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17181
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17182 (defalias (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17183
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17184 (autoload (quote which-func-mode) "which-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17185 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17186 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17187 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17188
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
17189 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17190 and off otherwise." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17191
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17192 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17193
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
17194 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-global-mode whitespace-cleanup-region
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17195 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer) "whitespace"
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
17196 ;;;;;; "whitespace.el" (14826 56520))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17197 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17198
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17199 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
17200 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
17201 These are:
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17202 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17203 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17204 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17205 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17206 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17207
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17208 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17209 and:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17210 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17211 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17212
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17213 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
17214 Check the region for whitespace errors." t nil)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17215
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17216 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17217 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17218
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17219 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17220 whitespace problems." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17221
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17222 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
17223 Whitespace cleanup on the region." t nil)
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
17224
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
17225 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
17226 Toggle global Whitespace mode.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
17227
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
17228 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
17229 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
17230 \(which see).")
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
17231
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
17232 (custom-add-to-group (quote whitespace) (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote custom-variable))
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
17233
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
17234 (custom-add-load (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote whitespace))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17235
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17236 (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17237 A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17238
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17239 The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17240 of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17241
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17242 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17243 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17244 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17245 replaced with TABS).
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
17246 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17247 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17248
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17249 Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17250
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
17251 Modeline will show a W:<x>!<y> to denote a particular type of whitespace,
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
17252 where `x' and `y' can be one (or more) of:
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17253
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17254 e - End-of-Line whitespace.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17255 i - Indentation whitespace.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17256 l - Leading whitespace.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17257 s - Space followed by Tab.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17258 t - Trailing whitespace.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17259
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17260 If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
17261 !<y>.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17262
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17263 (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17264 terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
17265 hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17266 always they default to 8.)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17267
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
17268 Changing `tab-width' to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17269 look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17270 even print it.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17271
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17272 Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17273 c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
17274 should never have to set your `tab-width' to be other than 8 in all these
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
17275 modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
17276 to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17277 office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17278 tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17279 to set smarttab.)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17280
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17281 All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17282 merge problems.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17283
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17284 whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
17285 warn you on closing a file also (in case you had inserted any
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
17286 whitespaces during the process of your editing)." t nil)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17287
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17288 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17289
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17290 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
17291 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (14840 890))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17292 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17293
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17294 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17295 Browse the widget under point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17296
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17297 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17298 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17299
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17300 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17301 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17302
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17303 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17304 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17305 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17306
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17307 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17308
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17309 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create widget-prompt-value)
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
17310 ;;;;;; "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (14841 19791))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17311 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17312
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17313 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17314 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17315 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17316
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17317 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
17318 Create widget of TYPE.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17319 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17320
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17321 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17322 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17323
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17324 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17325
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17326 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
17327 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (14747
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
17328 ;;;;;; 44775))
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17329 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17330
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17331 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17332 Select the window to the left of the current one.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17333 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17334 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17335 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17336 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17337 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17338
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17339 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17340 Select the window above the current one.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17341 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17342 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17343 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17344 negative ARG) of the current window.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17345 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17346
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17347 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17348 Select the window to the right of the current one.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17349 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17350 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17351 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17352 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17353 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17354
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17355 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17356 Select the window below the current one.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17357 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17358 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17359 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17360 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17361 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17362
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17363 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17364 Set up default keybindings for `windmove'." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17365
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17366 ;;;***
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17367
28077
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
17368 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
17369 ;;;;;; (14535 44846))
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
17370 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
17371
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
17372 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
17373 Toggle winner-mode.
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
17374 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
17375 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
17376
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
17377 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable))
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
17378
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
17379 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner))
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
17380
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
17381 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
17382 Toggle Winner mode.
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
17383 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
17384
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
17385 ;;;***
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
17386
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
17387 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
17388 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (14836 3751))
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
17389 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
17390
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
17391 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
17392 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
17393 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
17394 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
17395 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
17396 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
17397 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
17398 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
17399
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
17400 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
17401 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching." t nil)
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
17402
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
17403 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
17404 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file." t nil)
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
17405
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
17406 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
17407 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
17408 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
17409 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
17410 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
17411 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
17412 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
17413 `woman' command for further details." t nil)
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
17414
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
17415 ;;;***
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
17416
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17417 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17418 ;;;;;; (13415 51576))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17419 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17420
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17421 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17422 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17423
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17424 BUGS:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17425 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17426 are not implemented
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17427 - Options for search and replace
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17428 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17429 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17430
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17431 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17432 Emacs-like.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17433
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17434 The key bindings are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17435
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17436 C-a backward-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17437 C-b fill-paragraph
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17438 C-c scroll-up-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17439 C-d forward-char
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17440 C-e previous-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17441 C-f forward-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17442 C-g delete-char
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17443 C-h backward-char
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17444 C-i indent-for-tab-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17445 C-j help-for-help
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17446 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17447 C-l ws-repeat-search
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17448 C-n open-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17449 C-p quoted-insert
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17450 C-r scroll-down-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17451 C-s backward-char
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17452 C-t kill-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17453 C-u keyboard-quit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17454 C-v overwrite-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17455 C-w scroll-down
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17456 C-x next-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17457 C-y kill-complete-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17458 C-z scroll-up
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17459
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17460 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17461 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17462 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17463 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17464 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17465 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17466 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17467 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17468 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17469 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17470 C-k b ws-begin-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17471 C-k c ws-copy-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17472 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17473 C-k f find-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17474 C-k h ws-show-markers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17475 C-k i ws-indent-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17476 C-k k ws-end-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17477 C-k p ws-print-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17478 C-k q kill-emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17479 C-k r insert-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17480 C-k s save-some-buffers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17481 C-k t ws-mark-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17482 C-k u ws-exdent-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17483 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17484 C-k v ws-move-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17485 C-k w ws-write-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17486 C-k x kill-emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17487 C-k y ws-delete-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17488
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17489 C-o c wordstar-center-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17490 C-o b switch-to-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17491 C-o j justify-current-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17492 C-o k kill-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17493 C-o l list-buffers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17494 C-o m auto-fill-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17495 C-o r set-fill-column
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17496 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17497 C-o wd delete-other-windows
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17498 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17499 C-o wo other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17500 C-o wv split-window-vertically
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17501
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17502 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17503 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17504 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17505 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17506 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17507 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17508 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17509 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17510 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17511 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17512 C-q a ws-query-replace
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17513 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17514 C-q c end-of-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17515 C-q d end-of-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17516 C-q f ws-search
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17517 C-q k ws-to-block-end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17518 C-q l ws-undo
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17519 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17520 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17521 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17522 C-q w ws-last-error
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17523 C-q y ws-kill-eol
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17524 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17525 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17526
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17527 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17528
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
17529 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (14516
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
17530 ;;;;;; 149))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17531 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17532
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17533 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17534 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17535 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17536
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17537 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17538
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17539 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17540
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17541 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
17542 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (14809 51714))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17543 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17544
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17545 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17546 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17547
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17548 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17549 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17550
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17551 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17552 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17553 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17554
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17555 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17556 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17557
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17558 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17559
33033
b440b63b45d0 bogus commit
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 33032
diff changeset
17560 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (14818 62648))
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
17561 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
17562
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
17563 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
17564 Zone out, completely." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
17565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
17566 ;;;***
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
17567
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17568 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
17569 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (14550 9028))
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
17570 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17571
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17572 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17573 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17574
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17575 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17576 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17577
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17578 Zone-mode does two things:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17579
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17580 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17581 when saving the file
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17582
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17583 - fontification" t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17584
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17585 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17586
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17587 ;;; Local Variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17588 ;;; version-control: never
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17589 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17590 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17591 ;;; End:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17592 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here